Not Every Good Photograph Needs to Be Shared
In this episode of the podcast, I dig into an idea that feels increasingly important in a culture built around constant sharing. Not every good photograph needs to be shared. That may sound counterintuitive, especially when so much of contemporary photography is tied to visibility, platforms, and audience response. But making a photograph and sharing a photograph are two very different acts.For many photographers today, the question of where an image will be posted arrives almost immediately after the shutter is pressed. Sometimes it even arrives before. That subtle shift can quietly change our relationship to photography. The act of sharing begins to define the act of seeing. Over time, photographs can start to feel less like a process of exploration and more like a product designed for approval.Some photographs are meant to function as visual notes. They help us understand light, place, or emotion. They clarify what we are drawn to and what we are still wrestling with.These images might be strong, but their purpose is internal rather than public.They move our work forward even if no one else ever sees them.There are also photographs that are emotionally close. We might make images that are more closely related to memory, vulnerability, or personal experience which often carry a different weight. We can opt to keep those images close to home so to speak as a way of honoring the moment of seeing.
Not to completely rag on social media and photographs, but right now the algorithms reward familiarity. They favor images that resemble what has already succeeded. If every good photograph must be shared, then experimentation becomes a no go. We will slowly stop taking risk to make more interesting work. We stop taking risk in the editing of images, the selection of images and ultimately in the sharing of images.
Remember, editing is not just about selecting the strongest images. It is about shaping meaning. A body of work is defined as much by what is excluded as by what is included. Choosing not to share a photograph is still an editorial decision.
I love sharing work so I by no means am trying to say that sharing is unimportant. Sharing connects us. It builds conversation and community. But it works best when it is intentional rather than automatic. When sharing becomes a choice instead of a reflex, it regains its power.
I think it is worth redefining what success looks like in photography. A successful photograph is not always one that is widely seen or highly praised. Sometimes it is an image that teaches you something, shifts your attention, or reminds you why you enjoy making photographs in the first place.
Letting some images live only with you does not diminish them. In many cases, it strengthens your relationship to photography. It allows the act of seeing to exist without expectation. And in a world that constantly asks us to show everything, there is quiet value in choosing to hold some things back.
Books for the giving season
In this episode of The Perceptive Photographer, I talk about book ideas for the holiday season, especially for photographers and creative folks. Thanks to a listener, David, I once again share some of my favorite reads or books for giving ranging from creative practice and photography theory to memoirs and photo books. The goal of this week’s episode (561) is to hopefully help you find meaningful books for yourself or the photographers in your life. so without future adieu here is a list:
Creativity / General Art & Practice
- 12 Notes on Life and Creativity — Quincy Jones
- Bird by Bird — Anne Lamott
- The Secret Lives of Color — Kassia St. Clair
- The Meaning in the Making — Sean Tucker
Photography Conversations, Interviews, Thought
- Interviews and Conversations, 1951–1998 — Henri Cartier-Bresson (Aperture)
- Ping Pong Conversations — Alec Soth & Francesco Zanot
- Memorable Fancies — Minor White
- Photosoup Education — Steamway Foundation Trust
- Photosoup Enterprise — Steamway Foundation Trust
- Photosoup 2022 — Steamway Foundation Trust
Photography Theory / Essays
- The Photographer’s Eye — John Szarkowski
- Beauty in Photography — Robert Adams
- Why People Photograph — Robert Adams
- Why Photographs Work — George Barr
Photobooks / Monographs
- Illuminance — Rinko Kawauchi
- Songbook (called “Songbird” once in the transcript, but the correct title is Songbook) — Alec Soth
- The Notion of Family — LaToya Ruby Frazier
- House Hunting — Todd Hido
- In Dialogue — Dawoud Bey & Carrie Mae Weems
- The Ballad of Sexual Dependency (re-release) — Nan Goldin
Additional Mentions
- Galen Rowell
- Cindy Sherman
- Fred Herzog
- Sally Mann
If you are looking to buy a book you can ‘t go wrong with
Working With What the Photograph Wants
In this episode of the podcast, I explore the notion of what it means for a photograph to be something it wants versus something I like. We all spend time thinking about what we want our photos to be or be about. We might even have some unintentional expectations that develop long before we click the shutter. Those expectations can be a problem because once the photo is made, it becomes something different than what we thought we photographed. So this week, we are going to dig into what it means to let a photograph be its own thing.
I have started to think that every photograph we make can carry its own internal logic or way of being.
Each image, good or bad, has structure, rhythms, weights, and a pull that is inside the frame. We can choose to fight that structure or enhance it. I always say to follow the light in an image. Work with what you have, not what you might want to have. How do the tones relate to one another? How do you make them something else? Is there a gesture or a space that pushes and pulls in unexpected ways?
If we think of our photographs more as partners in the process, does the picture know more about what to focus on in processing than we might?
At the root of all this are our intentions. The thinking about what we should do versus what we can do versus what image is doing. That intention often comes from a memory of the moment. We remember taking the shoot and what all went into that. And yes, all of that is valuable, but none of it lives inside the photograph. If we try to force the image to match our memory rather than honor its reality, we can miss out on something really cool.
The question then becomes, what do we do in those positions? Well, I think you can ask yourself a simple question: what is this photograph already doing well without me touching a thing? Before I move a single slider or adjust a single tone, I want to get a sense of the image. That sense tells me what to do rather than the other way around. This allows for things like minor mistakes to become important to the image, and it asks whether the so-called flaw is actually what gives the photograph its interest.
To all this, our editing becomes a conversation rather than a correction. I am collaborating with the picture. I respond. It esponds. We discover the image rather than follow my old formula for getting it done. If you give it a shot, you might be surprised that the photograph often reveals the one you didn’t expect, but the one you needed.
Interpretation and translation
this episode of the podcast we dig into the idea of editing as translation. I have been thinking a lot about what really happens once the shutter is pressed and the file shows up on the screen. For so many photographers, editing is framed as a technical chore. It is often reduced to slider management or a list of corrections that must be made before an image can be considered finished. But for me, editing has always felt more like the work of a translator who is trying to bring a lived moment into a new language that a viewer can understand.
When I am standing in a place with a camera in my hand, I am surrounded by a flood of experience. I notice the sound of wind through leaves, the cool air on my neck, or the way the light draws a soft edge along the side of a building. I feel my own emotional state and whatever thoughts were drifting through me at the time. All of that sensation creates a kind of internal atmosphere that shapes why I press the shutter. But the camera does not understand any of that. The camera gives me its own version of the moment. It gives me clipped highlights or deep shadows or a color that is slightly off from what I remember. It captures the literal details but it does not capture the truth of the experience.
This is where editing steps in. Editing is the bridge between what I lived and what the photograph needs to say. I am not fixing problems so much as interpreting the story. I am choosing which parts of the moment were essential and which parts can fade away. It might be the warmth of late afternoon light or the tension in a deep shadow or the subtle calm in a soft horizon. These decisions are not technical choices in my mind. They are emotional ones.
Color is one of the places where this translation becomes very clear. A shift toward cooler tones might bring forward the quiet or lonely part of a scene. A gentle warm lift in the highlights might echo the softness of a memory. Even simple choices about contrast or clarity can shape the voice of the image. Editing becomes a conversation with myself about what I felt and what I want the viewer to feel.
Sometimes the translation is easy. The image opens up with just a few adjustments. Other times I wrestle with a photograph that refuses to come together. That usually tells me something important. It often means that I did not fully understand what I was responding to in the moment. The photograph becomes a reminder that translation requires clarity. If I did not know what mattered when I pressed the shutter, it is very hard to bring that intention back later.
What I love about thinking of editing as translation is that it frees me from the idea that there is a correct way to edit. Instead, there is only the question of whether the photograph carries the same emotional weight as the experience that created it. My goal is not to make a perfect file. My goal is to make a true one.
As you listen to the episode, I invite you to think about your own images and the moments behind them. Think about which photographs feel authentic and which ones feel unfinished. Ask yourself what you were sensing during the moment of capture and how you might bring those sensations back to the surface during editing. When we approach editing as translation, the work becomes more personal, more expressive, and far more connected to the heart of why we make photographs in the first place.
What it means to share your work
Photography has always lived in that strange space between solitude and connection. This week on The Perceptive Photographer, we are exploring the delicate balance between the solitude that shapes our work and the community that completes it. We will look at why so many photographers thrive in the quiet, how loneliness creeps into the process, and why sharing your work, even when it feels imperfect or unfinished, might be one of the most generous things you can do for your own creative process.
So much of the craft asks us to be alone: long walks with a camera, quiet hours in the car or the darkroom, early mornings before the world wakes up. Even when we are surrounded by people, the actual act of photographing is a solitary one. No one else can stand where you stand, feel what you feel, or decide when the moment is right. This gives us room to notice, really notice, the small shifts of light, the quiet gestures, the transitions and tensions that most people rush past. It is often in these moments that our best photographs show up.
However, what starts as quiet can slide into loneliness. You make work for months without anyone seeing it. You wrestle with images you are not sure anyone will understand. You develop ideas in your head with no sense of how they land in the world. Without realizing it, isolation can distort your relationship with your own photographs. You begin to think they are either far better or far worse than they really are.
This is where sharing becomes essential, not as a quest for validation but as the major step in the creative cycle.
A photograph is communication. The moment someone else encounters your image, you can learn about what you intended and what the photograph actually communicates. You see what resonates. You discover what was invisible to you because you were too close to the making.
Sharing builds connection. It builds the kind of community that reminds you that your way of seeing, the quiet and personal way you move through the world, has value. More importantly, sharing helps your work take up space outside the loneliness that created it. It allows your images to have a life beyond your hard drive and beyond your doubts. Photographs can comfort, challenge, surprise, or inspire people in ways you may never know. They can become part of someone else’s story, not just your own.
We might make the work alone, but we understand it together.
The Importance of Intention and Emotional Connection in Photography
As photographers, it is easy to get caught up in the technical parts of our craft: camera settings, lenses, editing workflows, and all the details that make up the process. Every once in a while, though, something reminds us that the real heart of photography lies beyond the gear and the techniques. In episode 557 of The Perceptive Photographer, I shared how a simple act of cleaning my studio turned into a moment of rediscovery. I came across my well-worn copy of Galen Rowell’s The Inner Game of Outdoor Photography, a book that has shaped not just my approach to images but the way I see the world. That encounter led me to reflect on how passion, intention, and empathy are what truly give photography its soul.
Passion is the energy that keeps us creating, but compassion, the ability to see and feel with the heart, is what gives our work depth. Rowell reminds us that a great photograph does not just record what is in front of us; it reveals how we feel about it. When we let empathy guide our lens, we move from simply taking pictures to making connections. Whether you are photographing a stranger, a landscape, or your own backyard, being present and emotionally honest allows your images to resonate on a universal level. The most memorable photographs often carry traces of the photographer’s own vulnerability and curiosity.
In the end, photography is as much about self-discovery as it is about expression. Developing a personal style is not about perfecting technique but about refining your intention and learning to trust your emotional instincts. When you photograph with honesty and awareness, your voice naturally begins to emerge. As you continue your creative journey, lead with empathy, stay grounded in your passion, and remember that your best work will always come from the heart.
Burnout verse rest
In this week’s podcast, we talk about burnout verse resting. Creative burnout and creative rest may look similar on the surface, but they come from very different places. Burnout is the slow unraveling of connection to your work . It shows up when the camera feels heavy, ideas feel stale, and even looking at images becomes tiring. It often shows up after long periods of constant output or comparison, when making photographs becomes more about productivity than discovery.
Creative rest, on the other hand, is a conscious act of stepping back. It’s not quitting or losing interest; it’s giving your creative mind the quiet space it needs to breathe. Rest might mean spending time with other art forms, walking without your camera, revisiting old prints, or simply allowing yourself to not make anything for a while.
Photography, like all creative practices, moves in cycles. The pause between moments like the space between frames on a roll of film. Learning to tell the difference between burnout and rest lets us return to the work with more clarity, joy, and curiosity. Rest isn’t the absence of creativity. It’s the soil that allows creativity to grow again.
Magic in the mundane
In this magical episode, cause it has 555 as the episode number, we are looking at the everyday of life, because in photography, it is easy to fall for the idea that creativity lives somewhere else. We scroll through endless images of faraway places and imagine that if we could just get there, we’d finally make the work that matters. But often, the most profound photographs come from right where we are. They grow out of the people we love, the light we see every morning, and the small moments that quietly shape our days.
When we start to see the familiar as something worth our full attention, everything changes. Photographing what we know asks more of us. It pushes us to slow down, to look again, and to really notice what is already in front of us. That noticing is where connection begins. The street corner you walk every day, the kitchen table, the morning routine—these are places filled with history and meaning. They become mirrors for who we are and how we move through the world.
The great photographers knew this truth. Walker Evans found the American story in roadside signs and porches. Helen Levitt found poetry in her neighbors’ gestures. Sally Mann turned her own family and backyard into a meditation on time and love. None of them chased novelty. They simply paid deep attention.
Working close to home is not always easy. The repetition can dull our senses and make us believe there’s nothing left to see. But if we stay curious, if we keep returning with an open heart, the familiar reveals new layers. The light shifts, the seasons move, the people change. Each visit is a reminder that nothing ever stays the same.
In the end, photographing the familiar is not about finding something new to shoot. It’s about learning to see again. It’s about realizing that inspiration has been here all along, waiting for us to notice.
Seasons of Light
As the days get shorter, I find myself paying more attention to how light changes this time of year. The low angle of the sun, the long shadows, and the quiet warmth that hangs in the air all ask for a slower kind of seeing. In this week’s episode of The Perceptive Photographer, I talk about using this shift in light as an opportunity think about how we approach our work and to build a small quick body of work.
Rather than chasing dramatic scenes, I try to get you think about noticing how light itself becomes the subject. It might be the way it falls through a window, glows across a field, or touches a face at the end of the day. By returning to the same place over several weeks, you can start to feel how light shapes emotion, color, and time. This isn’t about making perfect images. It is about paying attention to the rhythm of the season and how it reflects what is happening inside us. Autumn light carries both beauty and melancholy, a reminder that everything changes. Sometimes the best photograph is simply the one that helps us notice that truth.
Thoughts on Creative Momentum
In this episode, I wanted to slow down and reflect on five essential but straightforward ideas that can help keep your creative life moving forward. So much of what we do as photographers, artists, and makers comes with pressure always to do more, do better, and never fall short. But often, the real growth happens in the small, imperfect, and even uncomfortable moments of our process.
The first idea is about finishing. It is better to complete a project that might not be your best than to leave it half done. There is a real value in seeing something through. Finishing teaches you things that perfection never will. Done work creates momentum, and momentum is what keeps us creating.
The second idea is that progress is rarely a straight line. Some days the work flows easily, and other days it feels impossible. Learning to accept that uneven rhythm helps you stay grounded and keep going even when the results are unclear.
Third, boredom is not the enemy. When the work feels repetitive, it might mean you are standing on the edge of discovery. Sometimes staying with the boredom leads to a deeper understanding of your craft.
Fourth, feedback is information, not identity. Whether it comes from others or from your own inner critic, feedback is simply part of the creative process. Take what helps, let the rest go, and remember that you are always more than the work you produce.
And finally, small actions matter. Showing up for a few minutes each day can build more over time than waiting for the perfect conditions to start. Consistency creates space for growth, and growth is what keeps the creative life alive.
If you have ever felt stuck, uncertain, or caught in the cycle of perfection, this episode is for you.
Learning to Trust Your Eye
In this episode of the Perceptive Photographer podcast, I discuss what it truly means to trust your eye as a photographer. It is a similar concept to reading and writing. When we learn to read and write, we start by copying letters, following patterns, and sounding out words. Over time, that repetition gives us the ability not only to read but to understand and interpret meaning. Photography works in a similar way. Just because we can make a photograph does not mean we can thoroughly read or understand what it says. Learning to trust your eye is about developing that deeper literacy, the ability to see beyond the surface and into the meaning of what draws you in.
In the beginning, most photographers imitate. I have discussed this in a past podcast. And have a whole workshop dedicated to this process. Many of us start to learn by copying others. It might be replicating their techniques or emulating a style we admire. I think it is an important part of the process. It helps teach us the grammar and vocabulary of photography, but only part of that overall language.
Eventually, when we start to wonder why an image that looks “right” still feels incomplete, we begin to recognize that our own way of seeing might be more unique than we gave ourselves credit for. Trusting your eye begins when you start to believe that how you see the world has value, even if it doesn’t look like anyone else’s work.
Your eye is more than composition or technical skill. Trusting your eye is about listening when something tells you this is worth the click. You may not even know why you want to make the click, but trust means noticing what makes you want to click. It could be a particular kind of light, color, gesture, subject, subject matter or emotion. By paying attention to this spark, you can build the foundation of trusting yourself.
For me, the more I trust my eye, the more doubt I can feel. The goal again is to trust in the click and know that as we learn to read and understand our work more because we “trust the process,” our confidence can grow. The act of photographing what feels right, even when you cannot explain why, is how trust develops. Doubt does not go away, but it becomes quieter.
Trusting your eye is not about being right or wrong, good or bad. It is simply realizing that something is important enough to you that you acknowledge it and honor it in the camera. In that way, photography becomes less about proving what you know and more about understanding what you see.
In Conversation: single images verse projects
In this week’s episode of The Perceptive Photographer Podcast In conversation series, I sit down with my good friend Ken Carlson again to talk about something that many photographers eventually face: the move from making single images to creating projects that hold together as a body of work. For a lot of us, there comes a moment when the thrill of a single ribbon from the camera club or one-off standout shot isn’t quite enough anymore. Instead, we start to wonder what it would mean to say something larger with our photographs to build sequences, narratives, or collections that carry more weight and meaning.
as our conversation progresses, Ken offers some concrete steps to consider that can help any photographer begin to shape a project: finding the motivation, writing a statement of intent, gathering assets and influences, sequencing, and even writing about the images themselves. In our ranting and raving, we try to dig into how clarity of purpose becomes an anchor when projects stall, how to deal with the fear of starting, and why flexibility is key as a project shifts and grows.
We also talk about the role of community and mentorship. Having a cohort, a mentor, or even a trusted friend to give feedback can make the difference between abandoning an idea and carrying it through to the finish line. Ken shares stories of photographers who discovered new confidence and vision through collaborative projects, while I reflect on the ways structure and deadlines can keep us from drifting off course. Together, we consider how both tough love and encouragement are essential ingredients for growth.
If you’ve ever thought about putting together a zine, a book, a portfolio, or a long-term project, this episode is for you. It’s about more than just collecting pictures. It’s about intention, clarity, persistence, and learning to trust the process. Along the way, you’ll also hear a few stories about gallery shows, MFA programs, the lessons of sequencing, and even a couple of asides about dogs and coffee.
So, grab a cup of coffee, tea, or something stronger and settle in for an adventure into building photographic projects with intention.
What I don’t know may mean more than what I do know
In Episode 551 of The Perceptive Photographer, I share how what I don’t know often means more than what I do. The pressure to know exactly what belongs in a photograph can be overwhelming, but I have found that leaving space for the unknown creates stronger images and deeper connections.
Rules like the horizon line or the rule of thirds can be useful, but they are not requirements. Breaking them often opens the door to new discoveries. When I stop trying to control every detail, unexpected gestures, shadows, and moments emerge that carry more weight than anything I could have planned.
I have also learned that I cannot control how people see my work. Each viewer brings their own story, and the gap between my intention and their perception is where the real magic lives. By leaving things unsaid, I invite them into the photograph to find their own meaning.
Not everyone will respond to my images, and that is fine. Photography is not about approval. It is about creating openings for curiosity and conversation. Embracing the unknown allows me to trust my own voice and create work that feels authentic and alive.
When I pick up my camera, I remind myself to ask: What am I willing to leave unknown? The answer often leads me to photographs that are more powerful than anything I thought I needed to control.
The role of quiet or silence in our photographic practice
In this episode of the Perceptive Photographer podcast, I explore the idea of silence or being quiet as an essential part of our photographic practice. With constant noise, distraction, and visual clutter, silence is more about being present and learning that when we let go of noise, we make the space where true seeing begins.
By slowing down and inviting silence into our practice, we start to notice details that usually slip by. There is also an emotional quality to silence. When we are quiet both inwardly and outwardly, we create space to connect to our subject and subject matter. We stop rushing to capture, produce, or perform, and instead allow the moment to unfold on its own terms. Photography becomes less about chasing an image and more about being present enough to receive it.
Working in stillness slows us down, encourages more intentional choices, and helps us listen to what an image is trying to say. Even in critique, silence holds power. Rather than rushing to explain or justify, letting a photograph speak for itself often reveals more than at first glance.
This can be really hard because we are surrounded by external noise, such as likes, comments, and gear debates, and internal noise, such as self-doubt, overthinking, and perfectionism. Choosing silence is a way to step away from that chatter and reconnect with why we picked up the camera in the first place.
If you want to bring this into your own practice, here are a few ideas to try:
- Take a photo walk without headphones or podcasts.
- Sit with one subject for longer than you are comfortable before you make a frame.
- Practice a silent critique by looking at your own work without judgment or explanation, simply observing what is there.
Silence is not empty. It is presence, patience, and attention. It can be a partner in helping us see more clearly and connect more deeply with our photographs.
So here is the question I will leave you with: Where in your photography could you invite more silence?
Are You Measuring the Right Things in Your Photography?
When it comes to growth in photography, it’s easy to get caught up in the wrong metrics. It coudl be likes, followers, number of frames, new gear or whatever. Even though we’ve shot so many frames this week, the real question is: do those things actually reflect what matters in your work?
In this week’s episode, I dig into the idea of measuring progress in ways that might make for better growth in our photographic practice.
The Metrics That Don’t Matter (As Much as We Think)
While there’s nothing inherently wrong with keeping an eye on unusual numbers, such as the number of frames I took today, mine is zero for the day so far. However, I am still working on posting content this morning. I think it is essential to remember what matters to us when we are working. Does a spike in Instagram likes mean you’re growing as an artist? A new lens doesn’t automatically create more meaningful images. Even producing hundreds of photographs doesn’t guarantee that you’re making work that resonates.
What Might Be Worth Measuring Instead
Instead of obsessing over numbers, what if we tracked things that really deepen our photography?
- Consistency: Did you show up with your camera this week, even when you didn’t feel like it?
- Exploration: Did you try a new subject, technique, or way of seeing the world?
- Connection: Did your work spark a conversation, an emotion, or a memory—for you or someone else?
- Voice: Is your photography starting to look and feel more like you, rather than like everyone else?
These are harder to quantify, but far more valuable in the long run.
Process Over Product
Sometimes the most critical progress happens in the small, quiet moments: showing up, paying attention, trusting your instincts, or sticking with a project even when it feels messy. Those are the kinds of measures that often lead to lasting creative growth.
When it all comes together, ask yourself this: What do I really want my photography to give me? When you ask that question and focus on that answer, you will likely be measuring the correct things.
Which story telling structure do you use in your photography?
In this episode of the podcast, I got to dig a little into how much we hear about the importance of telling a story through photography. As I was thinking about it recently, I remembered sitting in an English class years ago, learning about Freytag’s Pyramid—that classic story arc with an introduction, rising action, climax, falling action, and resolution. Stories have a rhythm and flow, a sense of movement from beginning to end. As story tellers in our photography, it got me to think about can one frame carry the weight of an entire arc, or does a single image usually focus on one essential moment within that larger framework? A photograph might be the climax, the quiet introduction, or even the resolution. Thinking about where your work falls in that kind of structure can shift the way you approach making images.
Once I went down that rabbit hole, I started looking at other story frameworks. The Hero’s Journey—with its call to adventure and return home. Pixar’s famous six-sentence storytelling method. The Seven-Point structure. Simon Sinek’s Golden Circle. Each offers a different way of shaping meaning and connection. Understanding those frameworks can help us understand the why we make our work, how to interpret or work or, better yet, how to frame up a composition before we even click the shutter.
The point isn’t that every photograph needs to map perfectly onto one of these frameworks. It’s that story structures give us a language to think about our work differently. They can spark new questions: What role is this photograph playing? What part of the story is it trying to tell? How might a series of images fill in the missing pieces?
When you start to see your images through the lens of story, you may discover new opportunities for connection to your work.
How spicy can you handle?
For episode 547, I’ve been thinking a lot about how we keep our photography both exciting and sustainable. Too often, we either make things so easy that we get bored, or we push so hard that we burn out. Somewhere in between is the sweet spot I like to call your creative “spice level.”
This idea came to me over Thai food. If you’ve ever ordered curry, you know how “medium spice” means something different everywhere. What’s mild for me might be scorching for you. Creativity works the same way. Too bland and you’re uninspired. Too spicy and you’re overwhelmed. The goal is finding that middle ground where you’re challenged enough to grow, but not so much that you want to quit.
For me, the first step is noticing my own thresholds. Some projects feel like a breeze, others feel impossible. Paying attention to my energy, when I’m excited to pick up the camera versus when I’m dragging my feet, helps me understand where I’m at. Your spice level is yours alone, and it’s not worth comparing it to anyone else’s.
Of course, it’s tempting to stay in that safe, comfortable zone. I call this being “efficiently lazy,” doing what’s familiar because it works. But real growth usually happens just beyond that. It might mean trying a new technique, shooting in a different genre, or tackling something you’ve been avoiding. Not so hard that it breaks you, but just enough to stretch.
One thing that helps me is writing it down. I’ll list out the areas of my practice, technical craft, vision, voice, and rate how easy or hard they feel right now. Seeing it on paper gives me perspective. It also reminds me that spice levels change. What feels overwhelming today might feel easy six months from now.
And because photography can be lonely work, I’ve learned not to do this in isolation. Sharing struggles with a friend, checking in with a community, or even sticking a reminder on the wall keeps me grounded when self-doubt creeps in.
So what’s your spice level right now? Maybe it’s a six, maybe a four. Wherever you are, notice it, adjust it, and trust that it will keep shifting as you grow. The magic really does happen in that middle ground, where you’re challenged, engaged, and still in love with the work.
Storytelling Through Images
In this episode of the podcast, we dig into storytelling with multiple images. Think about the last time you looked through a photobook or exhibition. Chances are it wasn’t just one photo that stuck with you, but the way the series unfolded—the rhythm of quiet and busy moments, the recurring themes, the way the story began and ended.
A strong sequence transforms images into something bigger than themselves. The relationships between photos create meaning, tension, and resolution. A single striking image might impress, but a series invites the viewer to linger, imagine, and feel.
Building a sequence is a lot like editing a film or composing music. Rhythm and pacing matter. A string of wide, expansive landscapes feels cinematic and open, while a cluster of intimate details pulls the viewer inward. Flow also comes from how images transition into each other. You can use light to dark, busy to minimal, or warm to cool. Really anything can be used to transition images so long as we udnerstasdn the transitions. Even subtle visuals like similar shapes, gestures, or colors can tie images together like a melody in music. I think if you work on telling a story with more than one image, you might be surprised where you end up. If the thought of it sounds too daunting and you can’t imagine making a cohesive body work, give this little exercise a try.
Build a Mini Story
- Pick 6–8 images from your archive.
- Forget about whether they’re your “best” single shots.
- Arrange them into a sequence with a beginning, middle, and end.
- Pay attention to rhythm, flow, and repetition.
Photography freezes moments, but storytelling connects them. When we stop thinking only in terms of single images and start considering how they work together, we open the door to something more in the way we see
Photography freezes moments, but storytelling connects them. When we stop thinking only in terms of single images and start considering how they work together, we open the door to deeper creative expression.
An arrow in the quiver
In photography, there are the skills you know you need, and then there are the skills you don’t think you’ll ever use. In episode 545 of the podcast, I spin up the idea that you should spend some time learning or dipping your toes into an area that you don’t normally focus on in your work.
It’s easy to stay in the lane of what feels comfortable: the camera settings you know, the type of light you always shoot in, the subjects you naturally gravitate toward. But the truth is, the most growth often comes from learning skills that at first seem unnecessary. Those are the extra arrows in your quiver, you know the ones you don’t reach for every day, but when the moment comes, you’re glad they’re there.
Take lighting, for example. Even if you primarily work with natural light, taking a class on artificial lighting gives you a deeper understanding of how light behaves. That knowledge doesn’t just stay in the studio—it makes you better at reading and shaping the light outdoors, too. Or think about portraiture. You may not consider yourself a portrait photographer, but studying gesture, posture, and posing can help you tell stronger stories in landscapes, street scenes, and documentary work. The same goes for history of photography. By immersing yourself in the photographs, movements, and ideas that came before, it can add to your inspiration and help you see your own work in a broader context.
After 15 minutes, I hope you see that the more arrows you carry, the more prepared you are for whatever shows up in front of the camera.
What you see and what you photograph
If you are like me, you know the frustration of returning from a day out wtih the camera to find that the images do not match the magic of the moment. In this episode of The Perceptive Photographer, I dig into seeing and looking, a challenge that every photographer faces. It often comes from moving too quickly, letting the camera dictate choices, or assuming the viewer will feel what you felt. Closing that gap begins with slowing down and committing to a more intentional way of working.
Intentionality starts with clarity. Before making a photograph, you recognize precisely what draws you in and why it matters. That recognition shapes how you frame, what you include, and what you leave out. The boundaries of the frame are absolute; everything the viewer understands about the scene comes from what you choose to put there. Without a clear subject and a purposeful composition, the emotional thread between you and your audience begins to fray.
Trusting your instincts becomes the compass. There is a distinct moment when a composition clicks, when the subject, light, and balance align to express exactly what you intend. Staying with a scene, working it from different angles, and refining until that alignment appears gives the photograph its strength. In that process, you resist the temptation to rush or rely on post-processing as a fix. Instead, the camera becomes a partner in realizing your vision, not a safety net for indecision.
Your perspective is shaped by every experience you have had. No one else will respond to a scene in the same way, and that is the heart of your photographic voice. Embracing that perspective without chasing what others might do infuses authenticity into your work. When you give yourself time, attention, and permission to be deliberate, your photographs become more than records; they become reflections of the way you truly experience the world.
Finding Meaning Beyond Description
If you’ve ever looked at one of your photos and wondered, “What does this mean?”—you’re not alone. In episode 543 of The Perceptive Photographer, I dug this very question through the lens of thoughtful critique, drawing inspiration from Sylvan Barnet’s A Short Guide to Writing About Art. I try to focus on how to move beyond simply describing what’s in a photograph and begin to understand what your images are saying.
As Barnet points out, there is a difference between analysis and description. Instead of just listing what’s in the frame, try looking at how those elements work together to create meaning.
It’s not about having the “right” answer in your analysis, It’s more about uncovering the layers of intention, emotion, and experience that are already present in your work. Meaning doesn’t just come from you as the photographer—it also comes from the viewer. Your images carry your intentions, but they also invite interpretation, which is what a lot of what Ken and I talked about in the Death of the Author conversation from the July 31, 2025, podcast. That tension between what you meant and what someone else sees is where things get interesting. Rather than trying to control the narrative, allow room for ambiguity and accept the assumption, much like a critic would, that your work has meaning.
Don’t try to force meaning into every single frame. Instead, look at your work over time. Meaning often becomes clearer when you step back and see your images as part of a project or portfolio. When photographs work together, they can tell a deeper storie. Just remember that critique isn’t about judgment, but rather it’s a tool for growth, discovery, and connection.
In Conversation with Ken Carlson on Roland Barthes Death of the Author
‘If I put something out there that is truly meaningful to me, that truly engages with me, I want to be understood.’
If you’ve ever shared a photograph and felt that nobody “got it,” you’re not alone. we’ve all been there. In this conversation of The Perceptive Photographer, Ken Carlson and I dig into Roland Barthes’ famous essay, The Death of the Author, and what it means for us as photographers today.
The essay, written in 1967, argues that once a work is released into the world, the creator’s intention no longer determines its meaning. The audience does. In Barthes’ words: “The birth of the reader must be at the cost of the death of the author.”
For photographers, this can be both frustrating and liberating. We pour ourselves into an image or series of images, only to have someone interpret it in ways we never expected (both good and bad). I can’t tell you the number of times I have had someone say to me, but that’s not what my work is about. What are they seeing. For me that is where the magic happens. Our images come alive in someone else’s imagination. They become a creative force all their own.
Barthes’ essay isn’t a commandment—it’s a reminder. Photography isn’t a monologue; it’s a conversation. Your job is to make the work, put it into the world, and stay open to the messy, beautiful ways people respond.
As usual Ken and I end up taking photographs, movies, titles and more. I hope you enjoy the conversation, and the next time someone sees something unexpected in your photo, resist the urge to correct them. Your image is doing what it’s supposed to do. It is connecting with people.
Want more conversations like this? Check out The Perceptive Photographer Podcast for new episodes every Monday and new conversations about once or twice a month on Thrusdays.
No title means you don’t know this week’s topic
In episode 542, I explored a topic that I have discussed on more than one occasion. While it’s easy to skip over naming your work—maybe leaving images untitled or defaulting to file names. They’re a powerful way to deepen your understanding of your work and offer viewers a richer way into your images.
One hesitation I often hear is, “Won’t a title limit how others see my photo?” I get it. We want our images to speak freely. But a well-considered title doesn’t shut interpretation down—it opens it up. A title is like the name of a book or a painting—it gives you a way in without telling you exactly what to think. Think about two books I have on color: The Secret Lives of Color and Color and Meaning. Same general subject, but those titles immediately set a tone. Your titles can do that too. A good title invites curiosity, emotion, or interpretation without dictating terms. It’s a lens, not a lock.
What Titles Reveal About You
For photographers, titles aren’t just about the audience—they’re also a way to reflect back what matters to you. When you start titling your work, you might notice themes that keep showing up—solitude in your landscapes, strength in your portraits, memory in your still lifes. A simple name can uncover what you’re really drawn to. It helps clarify what the image means to you, and how you might want to group or present it. Consider a barn photograph. You could call it Red Barn, 1923, Pride of the Valley, or Last Light Before the Storm. Each one reveals a different facet of your experience and intention. Not every title has to be shared. Some might live only in your Lightroom catalog, others on a gallery wall. Maybe you title your images when they go into a portfolio, but not when you post them online. That’s totally fine. The point isn’t that every image needs a title—it’s that titling is another creative tool at your disposal. Use it how and when it supports your goals. You might even go back years later and find that a title you once loved no longer fits. That’s okay too—your relationship to the image can evolve, and your titles can evolve with it.
If titling feels awkward or forced, try treating it as a creative exercise. Write five to ten different titles for the same image. Let yourself get weird, poetic, literal, emotional, or even nonsensical. See how each one changes how you feel about the photo. This isn’t about finding “the one”—it’s about seeing the work through different lenses and tapping into new layers of meaning. Sometimes you’ll land on something that surprises you. Sometimes the title reveals what the image was really about all along. It’s a low-stakes, high-reward way to engage more deeply with your own work.
Different types of titles reveal different things. Descriptive titles like Sunset Over Lake Washington tell us what we’re seeing. Emotive titles like Longing for Home guide us toward a feeling. Narrative titles like The Day We Said Goodbye offer a moment or story. Humorous or abstract titles—Duck, Duck, Goose! or Penguin Power give us a smile. None are better or worse, but each offers a different entry point.
At the end of the day, titling your photographs is less about classification and more about connection—both with your images and your audience. It’s a way to slow down and reflect, to notice patterns, and to give form to meaning. Even if you never share the title, the process of creating one can give you clarity and insight. It can also make your work feel more complete, more intentional, more you. So the next time you finish editing a photo, pause and ask: “What would I call this?” You might be surprised at what bubbles to the surface.
Embracing Imperfection and Authenticity in Photography
In episode 541 of the podcast, I dig into something that’s been a swirl of ideas, conversations and reactions from different things over the past few weeks. Each one was a little about balance, symmetry and living in an imperfect world. All those got me thinking about the notions of wabi sabi. It’s a Japanese aesthetic rooted in Zen Buddhism, and it’s all about finding beauty in imperfection, impermanence, and the natural cycles of life. For me, it’s become more than a concept—it’s a shift in how I approach photography, and honestly, how I move through the world.
Wabi sabi is about seeing beauty in things that are worn, aged, incomplete, or a little rough around the edges. It’s the cracked teacup, the faded sign, the rusted hinge. It’s the sense that something’s been lived in, weathered, and still has dignity and grace.
In photography, it’s not about giving up on craft. It’s about letting authenticity guide us behind the camera.
Perfection Isn’t the Point
So much of what we’re taught in photography pushes us toward the “perfect shot.” Clean compositions, straight lines, even lighting, perfect balance. But the more I photograph, the more I realize that perfection can at times flatten the emotion out of an image. Sure it is perfect, but it feels sort of soulless. Sometimes we chase those ideals because we want to feel like we’re in control, or because we’re trying to create a sense of calm. But the world isn’t always calm. It’s messy, unpredictable, and full of tension. The cracks, the tilt, the shadows that don’t quite cooperate—that’s where the real energy shows up.
There’s something powerful about the quiet, background details we often pass over. A small crack in the wall, an old sticker on a lamppost, the way moss grows on a forgotten step. Those things aren’t screaming for attention, but they hold a certain weight. They tell stories. They make you pause. I’ve found that the more I slow down and let myself really look, the more I notice these details—and the more they show up in my work in a meaningful way.
One of the things That rusted-out truck or broken down fence? It’s not just a subject—it’s a timeline. A memory. A history. Photography gives us a way to hold those moments, to document what time has done. More than anything, wabi sabi reminds us to slow down. Photography isn’t just about what we’re photographing—it’s about how we’re seeing. When I’m fully present, not trying to control everything, I start noticing stuff:. Things like the texture of a wall, the way the light skims across a surface, a beam of a shadow all become interesting subject matter. When I give myself the time to really see, the photographs that come out of that space tend to be the ones that mean the most to me.
If you want to dig deeper, Wabi Sabi for Artists, Designers, Poets & Philosophers by Leonard Koren is a great. It’s not dense and an really easy read. I’ve read it more than once, and every time I come back to it, I find something new.
Workshops Coming
If this way of seeing resonates with you, I’ve got a few workshops where we lean into exactly this kind of approach:
- Adventures in the Palouse (June 21–26, 2026): Big skies, quiet roads, and time to explore what draws you in.
- Small Towns of Eastern Washington (2026): Character, history, and all the little details that give a place its voice.
- Bandon, Oregon Intensive (2026): A week of walking the coastline, watching the tides, and noticing what often gets missed.
- Fine Art Printing Workshop (September 2025): One spot left—if you want to bring your imperfect, honest images into print, this is the place.
And if you haven’t subscribed to The Perceptive Photographer, it’s a good time to jump in. I’d love to keep this conversation going.
In Conversation with Ken Carlson on Composition in Photography
Composition comes up all the time in photography conversations—and honestly, it’s one of those topics that can be both helpful and frustrating. Like a lot of folks, I started out learning the so-called “rules”: rule of thirds, leading lines, foreground interest… you know the list. They’re easy to teach, easy to check off. But over time—and with influence from people like Robert Adams, Paul Caponigro, and Ben Shahn—I started to realize that arranging lines and shapes in a pleasing way doesn’t necessarily lead to a photograph that matters.
In this episode of the Perceptive Photographer Podcast, I again sit down with Ken Carlson to dig into this idea of composition—not as a checklist, but as a way of seeing and expressing intention. We kept circling back to the same question: Why do we, and so many other photographers, get stuck on the rules? It’s tempting to believe that if you just follow the formulas, your photos will be good. Social media and tutorials love to sell that promise. But as we both admitted, that approach often leaves the work feeling a little hollow.
Ken shared some stories about technically perfect images that left him cold. I’ve certainly made my fair share of photos that looked “right” but didn’t feel right. That disconnect really boils down to one thing: intention. If we’re just arranging things because we’re supposed to, not because we mean something by it, the work loses its spark. Ken asked, “Do you ever feel like you’re just arranging things for the sake of arrangement?” That question stuck with me.
Ken also brought up a metaphor I love: composition as a quiver of arrows. Each element—light, tone, line, texture, perspective, and so on—is an arrow you can reach for when the moment calls. You don’t need to use them all at once. You just need to know which one to grab, and why.
Here’s a quick breakdown of those arrows and what they can offer:
- Light and Brightness – Sets mood and focus, creates depth
- Selective Sharpness – Guides the eye, adds emphasis
- Exposure for Emotion – Tones down or turns up the feeling
- Color and Color Contrast – Adds harmony or tension
- Tone and Tonal Contrast – Structures the frame, separates elements
- Line, Shape, and Form – Creates rhythm and movement
- Texture and Pattern – Adds energy, repetition, visual interest
- Perspective – Shifts the relationship between subject and viewer
- Negative Space – Gives room to breathe, adds tension or calm
- Balance and Tension – Evokes stability or unease
The goal isn’t to follow rules or use every tool—it’s to make choices that support what you want to say. Sometimes that means breaking the rules entirely. A centered horizon might be the right choice if it serves the image.
Ken and I also touched on abstract photography, where recognizable subjects fall away and form does all the talking. Without literal content to lean on, the weight of meaning rests entirely on structure, color, and design. That’s where a deeper understanding of composition really pays off.
We also talked about the way certain compositional choices carry personal or symbolic weight. Vertical lines might feel like support beams to one person and barriers to another. That’s the beauty of it—your experience informs how you compose, and that’s what gives your work its voice.
If you’re looking to explore this more, Photography and the Art of Seeing by Freeman Patterson is a fantastic resource. It’s clear, thoughtful, and goes beyond just making things “look good.”
At its core, composition isn’t just about arranging elements. It’s about creating meaning. As Ben Shahn once said, the artist’s job is to assume a viewer who is sensitive and intelligent—and to make something that speaks to that shared humanity.
How Do Truth, Wonder, and Trust Shape Your Photography?
In this episode of The Perceptive Photographer, I explore three ideas that have been shaping my creative process lately: truth, wonder, and trust. A recent chat with my friend Bruce and a stack of good reading got me thinking about how these elements are often at the core of meaningful work. When they’re all in balance, photography becomes more than just technical execution—it becomes a space for curiosity, honesty, and growth.
It’s easy to get caught up in gear and technique (guilty as charged), but sometimes we need to step back and allow ourselves to play, make mistakes, and stay open to what’s in front of us. That openness—that sense of wonder—is often where the real magic starts. And then there’s trust: trust in ourselves, in the process, and in the images that might not make sense yet but still feel right.
For me, photography works best when I’m not just trying to get it “right,” but when I’m chasing something true. That might be a feeling, a gesture, a quiet moment that lingers. I hope this episode encourages you to lean into your own voice and let truth, wonder, and trust guide your work too.
Key Takeaways:
- Balancing Craft and Wonder: We often get caught up in perfecting our technical skills—Lightroom, Photoshop, composition, you name it. But let’s not forget the magic of experimentation and the joy of unexpected moments. It’s all about finding that sweet spot between mastery and curiosity.
- Staying Present: Being in the moment is crucial. It’s where serendipity happens, where ideas collide, and where creativity thrives. My family and I live by the mantra “Wonders Never Cease,” and it’s a game-changer for how we see the world.
- Trusting Yourself: Embrace uncertainty and trust your instincts. Your unique perspective is what makes your work authentic and meaningful. Remember, creativity isn’t about perfection; it’s about exploration and vulnerability.
- Seeking Truth: Inspired by Al Pacino’s idea of a “moment of truth,” I delve into how our photographs can capture a personal truth. It’s not about universal truths but about what’s real and genuine to you in that moment.
Art for Me or for You? Navigating the Creative Tug-of-War
In this week’s episode of the Perceptive Photographer podcast, I dig deep into a topic, prompted by a thoughtful question from a long-time listener, Dennis. His struggle is one I know many of us share: Are we creating for ourselves, or for others?
In this post, I want to break down the main themes from that episode, offering nuanced insights for photographers and creatives who are navigating this complex terrain. I’ll explore the impact of feedback, the role of ego, the influence of social media, and the importance of understanding both your audience and yourself.
The Duality of Artistic Motivation
At the heart of Dennis’s question is a tension I think every artist feels:
Personal Expression– The drive to create something meaningful to me, to explore my own ideas, emotions, and perspectives.
External Validation–The desire for recognition, approval, or even just acknowledgment from others.
It’s tempting to say, “I make art only for myself.” But if I’m honest, that’s rarely the whole truth. There’s an ego component—wanting to be seen, understood, and appreciated. The challenge is to recognize this duality without letting it undermine the authenticity of my work.
The Impact of Feedback—And How to Use It Wisely
Feedback is a double-edged sword. On one hand, it can help me grow and see my work from new perspectives. On the other, it can pull me away from my own vision, especially in the age of social media.
The Social Media Trap
I’ve seen—and experienced—how easy it is to start “gaming the algorithm.”
Chasing Likes– I might find myself posting images I know will get attention, even if they don’t resonate with me.
Losing My Voice–Over time, this can lead to a disconnect between what I want to create and what I actually produce.
When I put something personal into the world, negative feedback can feel like a personal attack. That’s natural, but it’s important to separate myself from my work.
Understanding Your Audience—And Your Role as the First Viewer
Even in editorial photography, where I’m hired to fulfill someone else’s vision, my unique style and perspective are what make my work valuable. But before anyone else sees my images, I’m the first audience. I’m the one who clicks the shutter, edits the file, and decides if it’s finished. Ego isn’t always a bad thing. It can drive me to push boundaries and share my work. But unchecked, it can make me defensive or overly focused on external validation.
The Value of Sharing
While it’s important to create for myself, sharing my work allows it to grow and take on new meanings. Others may see things I never intended, and that’s part of the creative journey.
Be honest about your motivations.
It’s okay to want both personal satisfaction and audience engagement.
Use feedback as a tool, not a compass.
Let it inform, but not control, your creative process.
Remember you are your first audience.
If your work doesn’t resonate with you, it’s unlikely to resonate with others.
Balance ego with openness.
Confidence is good, but humility keeps you growing.
Let your work live in the world.
Sharing is part of the creative process, and it can lead to unexpected growth.
The question of who we make our work for isn’t one I expect to answer once and for all. It’s a tension I revisit with every project, every photo, every share. What matters most is staying true to myself while remaining open to the world around me. That’s where the real magic—and growth—happens.
In Conversation with Ken Carlson: Curiosity, Craft, and the MFA Path
In the first episode of my new In Conversation series, I sit down with my friend and fellow photographer Ken Carlson to talk about his decision to pursue an MFA in photography. Ken’s path to grad school isn’t the usual one—and that’s exactly what makes his story so insightful. From a career in veterinary medicine to deep dives into critique and artistic voice, Ken brings a unique perspective to what it means to grow creatively, stay curious, and learn with intention.
We talk about a lot in this episode: mentorship, the benefits (and limits) of structure, the importance of mastering craft before chasing higher-level study, and what it means to be a good listener—not just in critique, but in your own work.
Life experience counts.
Ken’s not starting from scratch. His years outside the art world give his work a grounded sense of perspective. He references Jung’s stages of life—how the early years point outward and the later years draw inward. That internal shift, he says, leads to deeper, more personal work. Whether you’ve been photographing for five years or fifty, taking stock of where you are in life can help you figure out where your art wants to go next.
Mentorship and structure serve different purposes.
During the pandemic, Ken worked with mentors, but eventually realized he needed more structure and push than informal feedback alone could provide. The low-residency MFA he chose offered a balance of community, accountability, and flexibility—something a lot of photographers might benefit from, regardless of age or background.
Know your tools before you leap.
We both agree: if you’re thinking about an MFA or formal study, don’t wait to learn the basics once you’re in the program. You want to walk in with your camera skills solid so your energy can go into exploration, not troubleshooting. Craft should support creativity—not get in the way.
Critique is a skill.
Ken admits that learning to listen again—to really be open to feedback—wasn’t always easy. But it was necessary. We talk about critique as a conversation, not a judgment. And how good critique requires vulnerability, not just defense.
Curiosity over conclusions.
One of my favorite takeaways from our conversation is this idea that snap judgments kill curiosity. Ken encourages us to slow down, take in the world, and let our work surprise us. That open-mindedness is essential for making work that evolves and resonates.
If you’re considering an MFA—or just looking to push yourself creatively—Ken’s story is worth a listen. It’s not about having all the answers. It’s about staying open to the questions, being honest about what you need, and finding the courage to keep learning.
You can hear the full conversation on The Perceptive Photographer. And as always, if something from the episode resonates with you, I’d love to hear about it.
Daniel
Finding Your Point of Entry in Photography
In this episode of The Perceptive Photographer, I spent some time digging into a concept that’s easy to overlook but deeply important: the point of entry in photography. It’s that first moment of connection—the thing that makes you stop, raise your camera, and engage. Sometimes it’s obvious: striking light, bold color, or an expressive face. But often it’s more subtle, like a mood, a memory, or something you can’t quite explain. That entry point isn’t just a visual cue—it’s a clue to why you make the work you do.
When you start to notice what consistently pulls you into a scene, you begin to recognize your tendencies, your voice, and what matters to you emotionally and creatively. It shapes how you compose, what you leave in or out of the frame, and how your work is experienced by others. I’ve found that slowing down—pausing before I click the shutter and asking what’s actually catching my eye—makes a huge difference. It turns the act of photographing from reactive to intentional. Over time, those small observations build up into a deeper sense of clarity about your process and your perspective.
What makes this even more interesting is that no two photographers have the same point of entry. We each bring our histories, biases, and emotions to the act of seeing, and that’s what gives photography its richness. That’s why I always encourage conversations, critiques, and sharing work with others. When you can articulate why you were drawn to something—whether it’s a subject, a color, or a feeling—you’re well on your way to making more honest, more resonant images. So next time you’re out with your camera, take a moment to notice that first spark. That’s where your real work begins.
Seeing Clearly: Mentorship, Duality, and the Core of Your Work
In this week’s episode of The Perceptive Photographer, I take some time to reflect on the people who shape us, the dual nature of photography, and the internal compass that guides our creative work. Episode 537 feels especially personal as I honor my mentor, Seth Thompson, and revisit the big questions that keep me engaged behind the camera.
Seth isn’t just someone who taught me how to see color—he teaches me how to think about it, how to push beyond the surface of an image, how to chase deeper meaning. Even now, his influence runs through everything I do. Mentorship, I realize, isn’t just about gaining skills—it’s about learning how to see and how to be as an artist. And at some point, it becomes our turn to pay it forward.
I also talk about the duality of photography—how every image straddles the line between nonfiction and fiction. Yes, we capture real moments, but we also make choices that shape those moments: framing, color, tonality, sequencing. Black and white often abstracts; color anchors. What matters is recognizing what story we’re telling—and why.
This episode also circles around clarity—specifically, getting clear on the core themes in your work. I share a simple exercise I use to uncover those recurring threads—words or ideas that quietly (or loudly) show up again and again in the images I make. Knowing what drives you creatively doesn’t limit you—it gives you direction when you need it most.
There are a few exciting things on the horizon too. The Unseen Mystery Show opens July 8 at Image City Photography Gallery in Rochester, NY, featuring work from my meaningful image workshop group. I’m currently teaching a workshop in the Palouse, and 2026 dates are now set. Plus, I’m kicking off a new In Conversation series—bonus podcast episodes with fellow photographers about process, practice, and perspective.
At the end of the episode, I touch on something I’ll explore more soon: the question of audience. Who do we make our work for, and how does that shape what we create? It’s not a simple answer, but it’s one worth wrestling with.
As always, thanks for listening—and for being part of this community. I hope this episode gives you something to think about as you continue making, reflecting, and growing in your own work.
—Daniel
Photographic trophies verse experiences
As a photographer, I’ve often found myself drawn to the allure of the “bucket list” shot—the iconic landscape, the famous cityscape, the image that everyone seems to want in their portfolio. In this episode of the Perceptive Photographerpodcast, I explore why this mindset can actually hold us back, and how shifting our focus to personal expression opens up a deeper, more fulfilling path in our photography.
The problem with chasing trophy shots is that it narrows our field of view. When I’m focused on getting the shot, I can easily miss the quiet, fleeting moments unfolding around me—subtle gestures, shifts in light, or unexpected details that carry far more personal meaning. True creativity comes from responding to these moments as they happen. It’s not about recreating someone else’s vision, but about staying present, being open to surprise, and allowing my emotional response to guide the photograph. In doing so, my work feels more honest and connected to my experience of the world.
Even the language we use to describe photography can shape how we approach it. Terms Sontag discusses in On Photography like “shooting,” “capturing,” or “taking” suggest a kind of conquest or collection. Instead, I think of photography as an act of “making” or “creating” — building something that reflects how I see, feel, and engage with the world. The world doesn’t need another version of the same iconic scene; it needs our unique perspectives and stories. When we move beyond the bucket list mentality and embrace personal expression, photography becomes more than a record of where we’ve been—it becomes a reflection of who we are.
How asking “What do I see?” can transform your photography
In Episode 535 of The Perceptive Photographer, I explore a topic that’s been on my mind for weeks: the art and practice of seeing in photography. Not gear. Not technique. Just the fundamental skill of observation and connection. One of the highest compliment I can get on a photograph is: “That’s a well-seen image.” It tells me I noticed something others might have missed—and that I was able to translate that moment into something that resonates.
But real seeing goes beyond just having a good eye. Too often, I’ve found myself reacting to a scene—snapping a frame because something caught my attention—without fully understanding why. And often, those images end up feeling a little flat or disconnected.
The “What Do I See?” Exercise
To break that pattern, I started doing something incredibly simple: I began asking myself—over and over—“What do I see?”
Step 1: Start with the Obvious
When I first arrive at a scene, I begin by naming what’s clearly in front of me:
- Objects.
- Color
- Shapes and Textures
Step 2: Go Deeper—No Repeats
After that first pass, I ask again—but I don’t allow myself to repeat anything. This forces me to notice more:
- Relationships
- Light and Shadow
- Negative Space
That extra layer of awareness changes everything. I start to notice how the wind shifts the grass or how the sky’s color reflects in a puddle I didn’t even register at first.
Step 3: Shift Your Perspective
Eventually, I stop just cataloging and start really engaging. That’s when I ask:
- Why did this scene catch my eye?
- What am I feeling right now?
- What if I moved? Changed my lens? Waited for different light?
How it changes the photographs
I think it give me a more intentional compositions. When I’m clear on what I see—and why—I can make stronger compositional choices. I’m no longer reacting; I’m creating. It has changed my editing and processing, because I’ve already identified what matters, post-processing becomes focused and purposeful. I’m not guessing—I’m refining. Finally, the more I practice seeing, the more connected I feel—to the moment, the image, and myself. If this kind of intentional seeing speaks to you, consider joining one of my workshops. I’m running the Meaningful Image workshop again in October, and I host free webinars throughout the year. Sometimes, just sharing what we see with others helps us see more clearly ourselves.
Want to hear more about workshops, webinars, or behind-the-scenes thoughts on photography? Sign up for my newsletter.
Working with the mundane in your photography
In this week’s episode of The Perceptive Photographer, I explored something that doesn’t always get the love it deserves—mundane photography. You know, the kind of work that isn’t flashy or dramatic. It’s not towering landscapes or intense street moments. It’s ferns on the forest floor. The corner of a quiet room. The way sunlight hits the sink at 3 p.m.
These might seem like boring subjects on the surface, but for me, they’re often the most rewarding.
Why Mundane Photography Matters
We tend to think that great photographs require great subjects. But I believe the opposite is often true: great photographers find meaning in whatever is in front of them. The so-called “mundane” isn’t boring unless we decide it is. When we bring curiosity, attention, and care to what we photograph, the subject transforms—and so do we.
Some of my favorite images have come from returning to the same familiar scenes—photographing the same patch of ground, the same fern, the same soft morning light over and over again. They might not win contests, but they matter to me. And that’s the real story.
Shifting Your Perspective
When a photo falls flat, I don’t blame the subject. I ask myself: Was I truly engaged? Did I take the time to see it fully? Often, a shift in mindset—approaching a scene with fresh eyes or deeper curiosity—makes all the difference.
The techniques matter too: framing, composition, how the light falls, the colors you notice (or choose to leave out). But the biggest tool you have is your presence.
Personal Connection Is the Story
Not every photograph needs a complicated narrative. Sometimes, the most powerful images come from a place of quiet connection. That little moment that made you pause—that’s enough. Let the emotion carry the image. Keep it simple. Trust that if it moved you, it might move someone else too.
Want to Go Deeper?
If this resonates with you, you might be interested in my Meaningful Image workshop. It’s an eight-month journey where we dig into ideas just like this—working to develop a deeper connection to our work and a stronger photographic voice.
And if you’re not already subscribed to The Perceptive Photographer, I hope you’ll check it out. There’s a new episode every week, and I love having you along for the ride.
Ep 533 Understanding the why of your visual narratives in editing & sequencing
In this episode of The Perceptive Photographer, I talk about the connection between form and content—especially during editing and sequencing. These stages shape how our photographs are experienced, and understanding this relationship is key to making work that resonates.
A photograph doesn’t hold our memories—it only shows what’s in the frame. While we may have deep personal stories behind our images, the viewer brings their own interpretation based solely on what they see. That’s why I focus on visual clarity when editing, not just emotional attachment.
Sequencing helps build meaning across images. A single frame might hint at an idea, but together, photographs can tell a fuller story. I lay out images like a storyboard, looking for rhythm, flow, and connection—sometimes even tension or contrast.
This approach also influences how I shoot. I find myself thinking more about the bigger picture—what kind of story I’m trying to tell, and what supporting images I might need. I still leave room for discovery, but I shoot with more intention and awareness of how each frame might fit into something larger.
Ultimately, aim for clarity. photographs want to connect, to carry meaning, and to feel honest.
Episode 532 How can embracing more of your irrationality over your rationality enhance your photography?
In the latest episode of The Perceptive Photographer, I dive into the often-overlooked balance between the rational and irrational aspects of photography—and how wisdom emerges when we learn to navigate both. On the rational side, we have the technical tools: aperture, shutter speed, ISO—each essential for crafting a well-exposed image. But there’s a danger in getting stuck there, chasing technical perfection at the expense of emotional resonance.
The irrational side of photography is where creativity thrives. It’s instinctual, personal, even a bit messy—and that’s the point. When we let go of rigid expectations and trust our gut, photography becomes more than visual documentation; it becomes a form of self-expression. That’s where wisdom comes in: the kind earned through experience, reflection, and risk-taking. True photographic growth happens when we’re willing to break rules, embrace imperfection, and stay open to learning—not just from books or tutorials, but from our own evolving perspective. So let yourself wander a little. The best photographs often come not from precision, but from presence.
Talking about Robert Frank and The Americans
In this episode, we dive into The Americans, Robert Frank’s groundbreaking photo book that reshaped the way we think about documentary and street photography. Frank was born in 1927 in Switzerland. Growing up with Nazism, he had deep skepticism of authority. After moving to American in 1947, Frank received a Guggenheim Fellowship in 1955 and set off on a cross-country journey to photograph everyday American life.
Over the course of 10,000 miles, 28,000 images he selected a core 83 images that cut through the facade of 1950s to reveal a country grappling with race, isolation, and inequality. Unlike the crisp, idealized photography of the time, Frank’s work was grainy, off-center, and emotionally charged. It shocked critics and was considered un-American when it was released but ultimately influenced generations of photographers to come.
One of the stories that has always stuck with me that Frank shares about his trip was the very formative moment Little Rock, Arkansas, where he was arrested—suspected simply for being a foreigner with a camera and a New York license plate. In jail, he spoke with a Black man also detained, likely for something just as arbitrary and under some bullish*t Jim Crow law. The man showed him kindness, and the encounter left a lasting mark. Though Frank didn’t photograph that moment, it seeped into the emotional current of The Americans—a body of work not just about looking, but about really seeing the complicated soul of us as country.
As I look at the book today to prepare of the podcast, I am still struck at how much of what Frank was photographing thematically in the 1950’s are the same issues we face today. They might have a different look, but we still are dealing with racism, loneliness, consumerism and what it means to be better to each other.
Discussing the power of “just one more thing” in your photography
In the latest episode of The Perceptive Photographer, I found myself thinking about Steve Jobs. You know that classic moment in his presentations when he’d pause, turn back, and say, “Oh, just one more thing…”? It was his signature move—something small that ended up being hugely impactful. And it got me thinking about photography.
That idea—just one more thing—has stuck with me. It’s become a way to look and critique my own work, and in this week’s podcast, I dig into how paying attention to one more detail, one more adjustment, one more question can fundamentally shift the power and clarity of a photograph. That “one more thing” doesn’t always mean doing more. Sometimes it’s about refining. Sometimes it’s about taking something away.
Questions I’ve Been Asking Myself Lately
In the episode, I posed a few questions that I’ve been leaning on lately. I thought I’d share them here in case they’re helpful for your own work:
- If I could change one thing about this photograph, what would it be?
This is my go-to when something feels “almost” right. It helps me figure out whether it’s a technical tweak or a deeper emotional shift that’s needed. - What’s the one thing I want people to see in this image?
This question gets to the heart of intention. If someone scrolls past this photo, what do I want to stick with them? - If I could ask one question about this photograph, what would it be?
This one flips the perspective and gets me thinking like a viewer. What story am I telling? What do I hope someone feels or wonders when they look at it?
Clarity and Intention: The Ongoing Work
One of the biggest takeaways for me lately is how valuable it is to clarify what I’m trying to say with a photograph. That doesn’t mean spelling it out—but it does mean being honest with myself about what I want the image to do. When I take the time to articulate that, either to myself or in writing, the photograph almost always improves.
Here are a few ways I try to stay intentional:
- Simplify the frame – What doesn’t need to be here?
- Zoom in on the details – What could I make just a little better?
- Pause before I press the shutter – Why this image, right now?
Book Club News
Also check out the launch of my new Photography Book Club. I’m really excited about creating a space to read, reflect, and talk about photography in a more intentional way. Whether it’s through the book club, a workshop, or just chatting through email or social media, I hope you’ll find ways to dig deeper into your own work, too.
Deepening our Understanding of Photography
In the latest episode of The Perceptive Photographer, I found myself diving into the heart of photography — not just its surface beauty or technical perfection, but the deeper meanings that lie beneath each image. Too often, we rush to label photographs as “good” or “bad,” but real growth comes when we ask better, more thoughtful questions about the work we encounter (and create).
Book Club
As part of that spirit of deeper exploration, I’m excited to announce a new project: the launch of a Photography Book Club! This club is for anyone who loves photography and believes that engaging with great writing can sharpen our vision and understanding. Each month, we’ll dive into a different photography-related book, starting in June with Camera Lucida by Roland Barthes — a classic that explores the emotional and philosophical side of photography. Later selections will include works by Geoff Dyer, Robert Adams, and Susan Sontag, offering a wide range of voices and ideas to enrich our conversations.
Upcoming Studio Days
If you’re looking for more hands-on learning, I’m also opening up a series of Studio Days here in the Pacific Northwest. These sessions are a chance for you to visit my studio, get personalized help with editing, critiques, and printing, and connect with other photographers in a relaxed, supportive environment. We’ll work together, share ideas, and enjoy lunch and refreshments while we dig deeper into our creative processes.
Moving Beyond “Good” or “Bad”
One of the themes I keep returning to — both in the podcast and in my own work — is the idea that “good” and “bad” are often unhelpful ways to talk about art. They’re subjective judgments that can limit our ability to see a photograph’s deeper meaning.
I was reminded of this when recently rereading Gilda Williams’ How to Write About Contemporary Art. In one section, she suggests asking a few simple but profound questions when encountering a work of art:
- What is it?
Focus on describing the content and the formal elements. What’s actually there in the frame? - What might it mean?
Open yourself up to multiple interpretations. Resist the urge to pin down a single, “correct” answer. - So what?
Think about the photograph’s relevance. Why does it matter? What larger conversations might it be part of?
These questions have helped me slow down and engage more thoughtfully — not only with other people’s work but also with my own. Hopefully, they’ll help you too.
Thanks for reading — and I hope to see you at a Studio Day or in the Book Club soon!
Thinking about print size can change your approach
In this episode of The Perceptive Photographer podcast, I dive into a topic that often goes overlooked in our digital world: the significance of print sizes in photography. I think you’ll find that how we choose to print our images can fundamentally change how they’re seen—and felt. If you really want to dig in to this more, I’m also running a workshop on fine art printing, where we’ll explore all of this in much more depth. If you’ve ever wondered how to take your digital files and make beautiful physical prints, this is for you. You don’t have to be a print expert—just curious and ready to learn. That workshop is September 9-12, 2025 details under the workshop link on my website.
We’ve experienced a major shift in photography. Most images are now viewed on screens—phones, tablets, laptops. And while that’s incredibly convenient, it’s also changed how we experience photographs.
- Screen Size Limitations: When we view an image on a phone, it’s confined to a few inches. That’s a far cry from standing in front of a large print where you can get lost in the details.
- Physical Interaction: Holding a print, flipping through a portfolio, or standing in front of a framed image offers something entirely different—something more tactile, more emotional.
Why Print Size Matters
Even if you don’t print your work often, I believe understanding print size is essential. It influences how much detail is visible, how a viewer interacts with the image, and how the image communicates.
Intimacy vs. Grandeur
- Smaller Prints: These invite intimacy. They ask the viewer to come closer and spend time with the image. They’re great for portraits or images meant to create a personal, quiet connection.
- Larger Prints: These are more communal. They let multiple people view the image at once and from a distance. They’re perfect for landscapes, architecture, and images rich with texture and tone.
Viewing Experience and Composition
When I’m behind the camera, I often ask myself questions like:
- Am I aiming for intimacy or something grand?
- Do I want the image to feel personal or shareable?
The answers affect how I compose the photograph. If I know an image will be printed large, I might look for more fine detail or wider depth. If I’m printing small, I focus more on clarity and impact in a tighter frame.
The Power of the Physical Print
There’s something powerful about seeing your work printed. It changes your relationship with the image. It becomes real in a new way. Here are a couple things I always encourage photographers to try:
- Print at Different Sizes: You might be surprised how an image changes based on its size.
- Think About Viewing Distance: If your print will be seen from far away, it needs strong structure and clarity. If it’ll be viewed up close, you can embrace fine detail and subtlety.
A Few Takeaways
- Think Ahead: Consider your print goals when you’re composing in-camera. It can shape your entire approach.
- Print a Few: Experiment. Print some of your work at different sizes and see how it changes.
- Join a Workshop: Whether mine or someone else’s, hands-on learning with prints is a game-changer.
Final Thoughts
I truly believe that thinking about print size—even if you don’t always print—can deepen your photographic practice. It helps you become more intentional and reflective about your work. Size impacts intimacy, detail, and interaction, and by engaging with those ideas, we create more meaningful photographs.
Are You Overthinking Your Photography and Missing the Moment?
Embracing the Art of Seeing: Overcoming Overthinking in Photography
In this latest episode of the Perceptive Photographer Podcast, I dig into a common challenge many photographers face: the transition from enjoying photography as a creative outlet to overthinking the process in pursuit of “better” photographs. This shift can often lead to a disconnect between what photographers see and what they believe they should be capturing. Let’s break down the key insights and actionable advice from this episode to help you foster a deeper connection to the act of seeing and creating.
Many of us start our photographic journey with joy and spontaneity. We pick up our cameras and photograph what we find interesting, enjoying the experience without the burden of technical considerations. This initial phase is crucial as it allows us to connect with our subjects more intuitively.
As we seek to improve our craft, we often become bogged down by arbitrary rules and expectations about what constitutes a “good” photograph. This is where the overthinking begins. We start analyzing every aspect of our images, from composition to technical perfection, and in doing so, we lose the essence of the moment.
One of the main points this week is the importance of being present in the moment while photographing. Instead of getting caught up in the mechanics of composition—such as the rule of thirds or ensuring that lines are straight—focus on the unique qualities of the scene in front of you. Trust your instincts and allow the act of seeing to guide your photographic process.
Many photographers struggle with the balance between seeing and thinking. When we become too analytical, we may question how to create meaningful work without a clear understanding of that meaning. This can lead to frustration and confusion.
To counteract this tendency, allow yourself to be present in the moment, fully experiencing the scene before you. Recognize the uniqueness of both the subject and your own perspective. By doing so, you can create photographs that resonate on a deeper level, capturing not just the visual elements but also the emotional experience of the moment.
Failure is an inevitable part of the photographic journey. Even the most accomplished photographers produce a significant number of unsuccessful images. The key is to learn from these experiences rather than be discouraged by them.
Take the time to study your own work and the work of others. This is not about creating rigid rules but developing a deeper understanding of your vision and style. Reflect on what you see and may overlook in your photographic practice.
Ultimately, photography is about the experience of seeing and being present in the moment. Trust your instincts and focus on capturing the essence of what you observe rather than getting lost in the technicalities of composition. By doing so, you can create photographs that are not only visually compelling but also deeply connected to your own experiences and emotions.
I encourage you, “Don’t overthink it—just go make some amazing photographs.”
Connecting “Things” and “Relationships” in Photography
Welcome to episode 526 of the Perceptive Photographer Podcast. I want to share these insights with you, focusing on the distinction between photographing individual subjects (things) and the relationships between those subjects within a frame.
This episode is about understanding how elements within a photograph relate to one another and how your relationship with the subject can influence the final image.
The Meaningful Image Workshop
Before we dive into the main topic, I want to mention an exciting opportunity for those looking to deepen their photographic practice: the Meaningful Image Workshop. This online course is approximately nine months and is designed to help you discover your unique voice, vision, and style as a photographer. If interested, visit my website for more information and registration details.
Understanding “Things” in Photography
When discussing “things” in photography, we refer to individual things or subjects that capture our interest. These could be anything from a shadow cast by a tree to a person sipping coffee. The focus here is on isolating a single subject and making it the centerpiece of your photograph.
Exploring “Relationships” in Photography
When we talk relationships, our purpose shifts the focus to how elements interact within the frame and how you relate to the things in the frame.. This includes considering spatial relationships, context, purpose, and emotion. Understanding these relationships is crucial for creating compelling photographs.
Photography is not simply an either-or scenario of a thing or a relationship. It is most often boht. A balance of capturing interesting subjects and understanding the relationships that exist within the frame. You can create more meaningful and compelling images by approaching your work with intention and considering how framing, interpretation, and subject matter come together.
I hope this weeks podcast of “things” and “relationships” in photography has inspired you to think more deeply about your photographic practice. Remember, the key to creating resonant images lies in understanding the individual elements and their relationships. Happy shooting!
Visiting the impacts of New Topographics on modern landscape photography
In this episode of the Perceptive Photographer Podcast, we discuss the impact of the “New Topographic—A Man-altered Landscape” exhibition on modern landscape photography.
The New Topographics opened in 1975 at the George Eastman House, curated by William Jenkins. Unlike traditional landscape photography from earlier in the 20th century, employing romantic lighting and composition to evoke feelings of awe and beauty, the new topographic presented a stark, documentary-style approach. Instead, the new topographics focused on the man-altered landscapes resulting from human activity, such as urban sprawl, industrial sites, and suburban development.
This approach meant viewers were forced to confront an uncomfortable set of truths about the state of the environment and the impact of human activity on the land. The photographs depicted mundane and unattractive scenes such as empty parking lots, urban sprawl, or strip malls that asked us to view beauty versus what we could see.
For me, one of the key aspects of the new topographics was the shift in the conversation to be more about environmental issues as a whole we do versus what we could save. The new topographics did not overtly make political statements, yet they compelled viewers to engage with the political implications of the photographed landscapes. By documenting the realities of urbanization and industrialization, these photographers forced us, as viewers, to confront the possible consequences of their actions on the environment.
I encourage you to reflect on their own photographic practices and the messages they wish to convey through their work. Not just as an attempt to be a new topographic photographer but rather as something that matters to you in your work. Are you drawn to the untouched beauty of nature, or do you find yourself more interested in the impact of human activity on the environment?
The new topographic serves as a reminder of the importance of seeing the world around us and using photography as a tool for dialogue about what matters to us, even if what we end up photographing isn’t all pretty.
Well, after listening, I hope you better understand the nature of the New Topographic and how to think about your own work. If you are interested in exploring those themes more hands-on with some guidance, check out my Meaningful Imge Core course for 2025 on my website.
Choices Behind Minimalist and Simple Photography Part 2
Welcome back to another episode of the Perceptive Photographer podcast, as we continue our exploration of the distinctions between simplicity and minimalism in photography. If you missed the first part, I highly recommend catching up at some point with part one where I cover some of the more central differences between the two.
While simple compositions can be clean and balanced, minimalism takes it a step further by intentionally focusing on space, form, geometry, and shape. Every element in the frame should serve a purpose. When making an image ask yourself why each component is there and what it adds to the overall composition. Minimalism is about revealing the essence of your subject. Remove anything that doesn’t contribute to the viewer’s experience.
I like to think of it as a deconstruction of subject that is core to the final frame, which involves breaking down the environment to its most essential elements and only those elements. For example, in Hiroshi Sugimoto’s classic photograph, the horizon line is centered, and the image consists solely of sky and water, devoid of any distractions. By reducing elements, viewers focus on what truly matters in the frame.
Negative space is a cornerstone of minimalist photography. It creates a sense of openness and contemplation, allowing us to focus on the subject without the clutter of additional elements. Negative space is really about two things: isolating your subject, making it the focal point of the image and helping to define form and shape of the thing in the frame. . Negative space can evoke be an effective tool to evoke range of emotional responses, from calmness to loneliness. Be mindful of these nuances when composing your shots.It is also important to call out that successful minimalist photographers often exhibit a repetition of themes, forms, and processing styles, which helps convey their artistic vision. Elements like line, symmetry, and balance become more pronounced when distractions are removed.
Minimalism is often appreciated for its profound psychological impact when we look at the image. The emotional responses elicited by negative space and minimal content can vary widely, depending on the viewer’s interpretation.Both simple and minimalist photographs have their own merits, and neither is inherently better than the other. The key is to explore minimalism in your work and consider the intentional choices you make in your compositions. As you delve into this style, remember the importance of intention, the power of negative space, and the emotional impact your images can have.
Navigating the Fine Line Between Simple and Minimal Photography Part 1
Welcome to another deep dive into the world of photography! In episode 523 of the Perceptive Photographer Podcast, released on March 17, 2025, I wanted to take a moment to honor my late brother on his birthday, which coincides with St. Patrick’s Day. I’ll be raising a toast with a glass of Midleton Irish whiskey in his memory tonight.
I had promised this two-part podcast as while back but just now am getting to it. So thanks to all the listeners waiting on the concepts of simplicity and minimalism in photography.
Historical Context of Minimalism
To truly grasp the essence of minimalism in photography, it’s essential to understand its roots. Minimalism as an art form emerged in the 1950s and 1960s as a reaction to the emotional intensity and spontaneity of abstract expressionism. Artists sought to strip away these elements, focusing instead on structure and order. This movement emphasized reducing elements to their most essential forms, a principle that has profoundly influenced minimalist photography.
Characteristics of Minimalist Photography
Minimalist photography is characterized by:
Negative Space: Utilizing empty spaces to draw attention to the subject.
Limited Color Palettes: Often monochromatic or using very few colors to maintain simplicity.
Geometric Shapes and Patterns: Emphasizing form and structure over content.
Two of the most well known minimalist photographers, Hiroshi Sugimoto and Michael Kenna, exemplify these characteristics in their work. Their images often invite viewers to engage with the form and structure, leading to a more contemplative experience.
Simplicity in Photography
In contrast, simplicity in photography aims to clean up distractions while still providing context. For instance: A portrait might use a shallow depth of field to focus on the subject while retaining enough background detail to convey the setting. Simple photographs often tell a story or convey an emotion, making them more accessible to a broader audience. Again with the core focus on the subject not the form, space and objets.
Key Differences Between Simplicity and Minimalism
While both approaches can yield meaningful results, they require different perspectives:
Narrative vs. Conceptual: Simple photography often tells a narrative or emotional story, while minimalism invites viewers to engage with the conceptual aspects of the image.
Context vs. Abstraction: Simple photographs provide context, whereas minimalism focuses on abstract representation of form and shape.
Actionable Tips
Identify Your Intentions
Before you start shooting, ask yourself what you want to convey with your photograph. Are you aiming to tell a story or evoke an emotion (simplicity), or are you focusing on the form and structure (minimalism)?
Use Negative Space Wisely
In minimalist photography, negative space is your best friend. It helps to draw attention to the subject and creates a sense of balance and harmony in the image.
Limit Your Color Palette
To achieve a minimalist look, stick to a limited color palette. This doesn’t necessarily mean black and white; you can use a few complementary colors to maintain simplicity.
Focus on Geometric Shapes and Patterns
Look for geometric shapes and patterns in your environment. These elements can add a sense of order and structure to your minimalist photographs.
Clean Up Distractions
For simple photography, focus on cleaning up distractions in your frame. Use techniques like a shallow depth of field to isolate your subject and keep the background uncluttered.
Reflect on Your Work
Take time to reflect on your photographic practices. Consider when to focus on simplicity versus minimalism in your work. Understanding the intention and context behind your photographs can significantly enhance their impact.
Upcoming Workshops
I’m am letting you know that some spaces have opened back in my my upcoming workshop, “Seeing Color,” where we’ll delve deeper into these concepts and explore how color can influence . You can register or reach out with any questions on my site.
Conclusion
As we wrap up this episode, I want to express my gratitude to all of you for your support and engagement. I look forward to continuing this discussion in the next episode, where we’ll further explore the nuances of simplicity and minimalism in photography. Until then, keep reflecting on your intentions and experimenting in your work.
Finishing the image
I am participating in the Photoshop Creativity Summit at the end of the month and one of my sessions is on the processing of framing and getting your work onto the wall. That session has really had me thinking about the impact of finishing the work and what it means to finish the work. Over the years, I have made a lot of photographs that have been processed or even printed that just ended up on the hard drive or in a box.
Yet some of these images make it to the wall. When they do make it to the wall it has shifted my perspective and appreciation of those images so much more, so in today’s podcast, I spend sometime reflecting on and pondering the value of actually fully finishing the work.
The Hawthorne Effect
In episode 521 of the Perceptive Photographer Podcast, I dive into the Hawthorne effect and its impact on photography. I chat about how observing and photographing can change our behavior and perception. Reflecting on my own experiences, I discuss how having a camera in hand alters my awareness and creative process. I also touch on the differences in photographing people versus landscapes. Don’t forget about the upcoming photography events, including the Photoshop Creativity Summit 2025 and the Meaningful Image Workshop. I encourage you to reflect on your own experiences and thank you for your continued support.
Celebrating 10 Years
In this episode of “The Perceptive Photographer,” I celebrate the podcast’s ten-year anniversary, marking its 520th episode. I reflect on the significance of milestones in my photographic journey and the evolution over the years. I emphasize the importance of recognizing and celebrating achievements, no matter how big or small. I encourage you to look back at your past work to appreciate your progress and to celebrate your own creative milestones.
Random Thoughts on your past, present and future
In this episode of the Perceptive Photographer podcast, I take a step back to reflect on the evolution of a photographer’s journey—your journey, my journey, and the ever-changing creative path we all walk. I share some of my own experiences that shifted my relationship with photography, and I explore the pressures that come with making images in today’s world.
Maybe you’ve felt it too—that weight of expectations, the pull of past successes or missed opportunities, or the feeling that you should be further along than you are. But what if, instead of holding onto those old benchmarks, you allowed yourself to be fully present with who you are right now? What if you gave yourself permission to take risks, to explore, to trust that growth doesn’t always look like a straight line?
This episode is an invitation for you to embrace your own creative evolution. To push beyond your comfort zone. To recognize just how far you’ve come and to step into the next phase of your artistic journey with openness and curiosity.
Let’s reflect together and keep moving forward as artists.
Don’t forget the upcoming Photoshop Creativity Summit, happening from March 23rd to 26th.
The don’t know what you don’t know bucket problem
In this episode of The Perceptive Photographer, I explore the nature of knowledge—what we know, what we don’t know, and the even more elusive realm of what we don’t know we don’t know. This idea is especially relevant in the creative process, where growth often comes not just from refining our skills but from stepping into the unknown with curiosity and openness.
One of the key themes I discuss is the role of play and experimentation in creativity. As children, we naturally embrace play, testing ideas without fear of failure. Yet, as adults, we often lose that ability, held back by self-doubt, the fear of making mistakes, or the pressure to create something “successful” rather than simply exploring possibilities.
Creativity thrives in uncertainty, but that can be an uncomfortable space to inhabit. By intentionally seeking out moments of not knowing—whether it’s trying a new technique, exploring a different subject matter, or questioning our own assumptions—we create opportunities for deeper artistic growth.
I encourage you to embrace uncertainty, challenge your habits, and push beyond your comfort zones. The unknown isn’t something to fear; it’s where creativity truly comes alive.
Don’t forget the upcoming Photoshop Creativity Summit, happening from March 23rd to 26th.
Where’s your focus?
In this episode of The Perceptive Photographer, I explore the idea of focus—not just in terms of sharpness or camera settings, but the deeper reasons behind why we take the photos we do. Using the classic journalistic questions—who, what, when, where, why, and how—I reflect on how these can help us connect more emotionally with our work. Photography isn’t just about capturing what’s in front of us; it’s about understanding our motivations, the emotions we bring to the moment, and how we translate that into meaningful images.
I talk about how our audience, whether real or imagined, shapes the way we shoot. I also consider the role of our emotional state—how our feelings influence composition, subject matter, and the stories we tell. While technical skills matter, I emphasize that photography is ultimately about expressing something personal. Balancing the mechanics with a deeper sense of purpose allows us to create work that feels both intentional and resonant.
Along with these ideas, I share details about an upcoming artist talk and gallery show in Seattle with fellow photographer Nikki. If you’re in the area, I’d love for you to join the conversation. After all, photography isn’t just about making images—it’s about connection, storytelling, and seeing the world in a way that’s uniquely your own.
Revisiting Our Approach to Understanding Photography Critique
In the latest episode of “The Perceptive Photographer,” I dip my toe back into the pool of critiquing photographs. Critique is more than just forming an opinion; it’s a structured approach to understanding and evaluating photographic work. In this episode, I’ll try to offer up some advice to help you improve your critique skills. We start with a Quick Look at critical Theory and m ethodology
- Critical Theory: This refers to the assumptions and ideas we bring to the critique. It has its roots in academic discussions, such as those from Frankfurt University, where it was initially developed to study Marxism and consumerism. In the art world, this concept helps us analyze and interpret various forms of artistic expression.
- Methodology: This encompasses the specific processes we use to analyze the work. Different methodologies can lead to varied interpretations of the same photograph, highlighting the subjective nature of art critique.
As I have discusses many times on the podcast, one my the core principle in the critique process is the importance of suspending judgment. It’s crucial to set aside initial assumptions about a photograph—whether you perceive it as good, bad, or interesting—until you’ve thoroughly examined it. This approach allows for a more objective analysis and helps prevent personal biases from clouding your critique.
Many of us, myself included, often seek to validate our initial beliefs about a photograph rather than objectively assess its merits. This tendency can lead to a skewed critique process, where we force our opinions onto the work instead of allowing the work to inform our understanding. It’s essential to approach critique with an open mind, letting the photograph guide your analysis. When critiquing a photograph, consider the questions you’re asking yourself and the motivations behind your critique. For instance:
- What am I trying to understand?
- Is it the technique, the concept, or the emotional impact of the work?
By clarifying these questions, you can better navigate your critique process and gain deeper insights into the work.Conclusion
Critiquing photographs can be a challenging process. By suspending judgment, asking the right questions, exploring different methodologies, and considering the context, you can approach critique with greater clarity and intention. Engaging in meaningful dialogue and participating in critique workshops can further enhance your skills and appreciation for the art of photography.
I hope episode 516 can help you improve your critique skills a bit. Always remember, the goal is not just to evaluate a photograph but to understand and appreciate the depth and complexity of the work.
Thoughts on finishing
In episode 515 of “The Perceptive Photographer,” I talk about the importance of finishing work in photography. As I prepare for an upcoming art show in Seattle, I reflect on the clarity and sense of accomplishment that comes with completing projects. There are lots of insights that come from finishing work Completing work, I believe, reveals a photographer’s identity and intentions, highlighting what truly matters in their artistic practice. I encourage you to embrace this process and celebrate their completed projects.
Unpacking what makes a good photograph
In this episode of “The Perceptive Photographer,” I talk about what makes a photograph “good.” But before we dig in, I just wanted to say my thoughts for those affected by the fires in Southern California.
This episode is all about the qualities that define a good photograph, such as the photographer’s skill, the uniqueness of the image, and the thought behind it. I also touch on the emotional impact and historical context of photography. I also dig al little into the importance of personal expression and the ability to interpret photos in various ways.
Flip the question
In this episode of the Perceptive Photographer podcast, I kick off 2025 diving into the topic of photography critique. After a quick update and thanks to everyone for their support as I dealt with my medical issues, I wanted to dig into how photographers can approach feedback. Instead of just answering questions about their work, I suggest flipping those questions to gain deeper insights. This filp will allow you to emphasize the importance of considering the background and context in images to enhance storytelling.
Wishing you a happy new year
Happy New Year everyone. In this episode, I share a bit about my recent experiences with health issues that have affected my energy and productivity, which have also led to a brief hiatus from work. So thanks to everyone for reaching out and much gratitude for your support As we approach 2025, I cheated and recorded a podcast when I am supposed to be off work, and I wanted to share five wishes for my audience: fostering a deeper connection to their work, focusing on the positive aspects of their photography, accepting praise, managing their inner critic, and setting and completing personal projects. Overall, the episode aims to act as a motivator for you to reflect on their work and personal growth as you enter the new year.
Exploring the Visual Language of Photographs
In this episode of the Perceptive Photographer podcast, we are going to dig a little deeper into the visual language of photography. Before we jump into our topic, I did want to let you know if the energy is a little off it is due to some recent struggles with medication and anxiety, which are hopefully getting resolved.
As we jump into our topic, there is a connection between how understanding visual elements—similar to nouns, verbs, and adjectives in language—can enhance our photographic work. Over the course of the episode I hope you get more interested in reading and analyzing your images through this framework. From it you might be surprised how much better you can articulate intentions and emotions in the image. I also hope you have a wonderful and joyful holiday season.
How we think about removing distractions can impact our images
In this episode of the Perceptive Photographer Podcast, I dig into the topic of distractions in photography, focusing on not just the technology of AI generative tools that remove unwanted elements from images, but how we think about distractions in our work. These new tools have impressive capabilities and their potential impact on a photographer’s approach to composition can’t be easily dismissed. Yet, the philosophical and ethical considerations of manipulating photographs always seems to boil back up to the surface. So in this episode, I digress into how we think about a distraction when we notice a distraction and the importance of being present during the photographic process.
Adapting Your Photography: Turning Personal Challenges into Creative Opportunities
In this episode of the Perceptive Photographer podcast, I tackle two listener questions. First, I dive into the role of language in photography, discussing how articulating thoughts about my work can deepen personal connection and understanding. While some argue that photos should speak for themselves, I believe language can enhance this visual storytelling. Then, I respond to Christine, a long-time listener, about adaptability in photography, sharing my experiences with dysgraphia and dyslexia. I emphasize embracing personal challenges and adapting creatively, turning potential obstacles into strengths in one’s photographic journey.
Great photography exercises for the holiday season
Hey there, fellow photography enthusiasts! Welcome to another episode of “The Perceptive Photographer”. We’re diving into episode 508, which coincides with the hustle and bustle of Cyber Monday. While the world around us is caught up in the frenzy of consumerism, I want to offer you something else to focus your attention on over spending some cash on something you don’t need.
I have five exercises for you to try out to keep your creativity going this season.
Exercise 1: Finding Interest in the Mundane
Let’s kick things off with a quote from the legendary photographer Jay Maisel: “If you want to take more interesting photographs, be a more interesting person.” This exercise is all about transforming the mundane into something interesting.
How to Approach It:
Identify a Boring Subject: Choose something you typically find uninteresting—a person, place, or object, and make it interesting .Focus on what you see not on what it is.
Exercise 2: Exploring Texture
Next up, let’s delve into the world of texture. This exercise is all about making texture the star of your photograph.
How to Approach It:
Choose a Textured Subject and capture the Duality: Think about what the texture reveals and what it conceals.
Exercise 3: The 180-Degree Turn
For our third exercise, let’s explore the concept of “In the Round.” This exercise encourages you to be aware of your surroundings and discover new subjects by simply turning around.
How to Approach It:
Start by capturing your initial subject. Make a 180-Degree Turn: Turn around and photograph what’s behind you.
Exercise 4: Story Within a Story
Now, let’s dive into the compositional technique of “frame within a frame.” This exercise challenges you to create photographs that tell multiple stories simultaneously.
How to Approach It:
Ensure that the elements within the frame work together to convey more than one narrative. Layer Your Stories: Think about how different elements interact and contribute to the overall story.
Exercise 5: The Closing Click
Finally, let’s explore the “Closing Click” exercise. This exercise encourages you to rely on your other senses to determine the right moment to click the shutter.
How to Approach It:
Set Up Your Shot: Compose your image and get everything ready. Close Your Eyes: Once you’re ready, close your eyes and focus on your other senses.
Feel the Moment**: Tune into the sounds, the wind, the warmth of the sun, and click the shutter when it feels right.
I hope these exercises inspire you to have a week filled with meaningful moments behind the camera. Don’t forget to subscribe for future episodes, and happy shooting!
Until next time, keep seeing the world through your unique lens.
How Can Finding Balance Transform Your Photography?
In this episode of “The Perceptive Photographer,” I dive into the theme of balance in both life and photography. I kick things off with a quote from Ani DiFranco about striving for balance over perfection and dive into an expeirence many years ago in a yoga class, where I noticed how balance—or the lack of it—can reflect broader life. Over the past week I have been thinking about how those relate to photography, suggesting that our emotional and mental states influence our creative work. I encourage you to think about your own sense of balance and how it impacts your photography, aiming for more authentic and meaningful images.
Finding Peace in the Frame: How Photography Helps Us Cope with Life’s Challenges
In this episode of the Perceptive Photographer podcast, I spend some time reflecting on the passing of the influential photographer Paul Caponigro. I really admired Paul and got to meet him several time and so I wanted to shared a few personal stories about Paul, including some lessons and anecdotes on his approach to photography. I also wanted to touch on the current tension and anxiety so many are feeling and talk about how photography can be a therapeutic outlet during tough times. I hope you are feeling a little off, or a lot, that you use your cameras to process those emotions and find solace, remembering that creating art can help navigate feelings of grief and uncertainty.
The importance of simplifying when facing complexity
In this episode of my podcast, the Perceptive Photographer, I dive into the concept of “layers” in photography, drawing inspiration from the movie “Shrek.” You know how Shrek says ogres have layers? Well, I believe photographs do too, with multiple layers of meaning. I chat about how elements like composition, emotions, and even political implications can add depth to an image. I encourage you to think about your own layers as photographers and how your personal experiences shape your work.
In an upcoming episode, I’ll share some photography book recommendations for holiday gifts.
Don’t forget that I got a bunch of upcoming workshops, including the Photoshop Virtual Summit and my own sessions on inspiration and printing.
Also, don’t forget to check out the upcoming workshops if you want to deepen your understanding and skills in your work.
The importance of simplifying when facing complexity
In this episode of the Perceptive Photographer Podcast, I dive into the importance of working the balance between simplicity and complexity in our photography. It all started with me finally starting to learn how we see complexity in a scene and how distilling them to their core improved my work. This simplification isn’t about minimalism but about focusing on the core elements. I
Don’t forget that I got a bunch of upcoming workshops, including the Photoshop Virtual Summit and my own sessions on inspiration and printing.
Also, don’t forget to check out the upcoming workshops if you want to deepen your understanding and skills in your work.
How Can We Embrace Mistakes as Happy Accidents in Our Creative Journey
In this episode of the Perceptive Photographer podcast, I dig into how we go about dealing with mistakes and unexpected outcomes in our creative process. The topic came to mind in thinking about why sometimes bad things happen in my process, and yet, other times it is just a “happy accident.” I wondered how much of that was my reactions to the errors verse the errors themselves.
I started to emphasize in my own work the importance how I frame and reframing expectations and seeing mistakes as opportunities for growth rather than failures. So in this podcast, I encourage you to try out a mindset of exploration and learning, reminding yourself that creativity is about the journey, not just the “perfect” end product.
Don’t forget that I got a bunch of upcoming workshops, including the Photoshop Virtual Summit and my own sessions on inspiration and printing.
Also, don’t forget to check out the upcoming workshops if you want to deepen your understanding and skills in your work.
Thinking about the Connection Between Perception and Photography
In this episode of podcast, I ponder and dig into how perception shapes our understanding of photographs. It all starts from thoughts of donuts from Oscar Wilde and mirror from Ralph Waldo Emerson. With their quotes in mind, Igot to thinking about how much of our perception is subjective and influenced by our mental state and not actually factual.
As you look at your own work, one of the things in the podcast that I hope you will do is reflect on how your personal experiences and emotions are mirrored in your photography, rather than just focusing on technical accuracy.
Don’t forget that I got a bunch of upcoming workshops, including the Photoshop Virtual Summit and my own sessions on inspiration and printing.
Also, don’t forget to check out the upcoming workshops if you want to deepen your understanding and skills in your work.
Are You “Mailing It In” with Your Photography?
In episode 501 of “The Perceptive Photographer,” I really open up about the concept of “mailing it in” when it comes to photography and creativity. Hitting the milestone of 500 consecutive episodes got me thinking about how crucial it is to stay truly engaged and not fall into the trap of complacency in our creative journeys.
So with the podcast this week, I want to encourage you to stay focused, even when you’re feeling exhausted, and to find those little sparks that keep your creative energy alive. Plus, I’m excited to tell you about some upcoming workshops and a Photoshop virtual summit designed to help you stay inspired and motivated.
Also, don’t forget to check out the upcoming workshops if you want to deepen your understanding and skills in your work.
Reflecting on 500 Episodes: The Importance of Patience and Discovery in Photography
In this special 500th episode of the Perceptive Photographer Podcast, I reflect back on my journey in podcasting and photography. I am very grateful for your listening, support, and friendship which has been instrumental in keeping me going to reach this milestone. In this week’s episode, I dig a bit into the creative challenges and expectations that come with being a photographer, discussing how these experiences have shaped my work and perspective over the years.
I also wanted to emphasize the value of embracing the unexpected in creative work, highlighting how some of the most profound artistic discoveries come from moments of spontaneity and surprise and the importance of allowing space for discovery rather than focusing solely on efficiency. My hope is that 500 serves as a reminder that the path of creativity is ever-evolving, and it is the unexpected twists and turns that often lead to the most rewarding artistic breakthroughs.
Also, don’t forget to check out the upcoming workshops if you want to deepen your understanding and skills in your work.
Enhancing Your Photography Through Critique and Visualization
Hey there! I’m excited to share the latest episode of the Perceptive Photographer Podcast. This episode is particularly special to me as it marks the 499th episode, leading up to the big 500th milestone. In this episode, we dig into the importance of understanding the purpose behind a photograph and how you can learn to see better by critiquing before you ever grab the camera. To help you with this, I have a fun exercise designed to have you visualizing and critiquing photographs without actually using a camera. So check out the podcast for all the details on how to get started making better pictures without the camera.
Also, don’t forget to check out the upcoming workshops on color photography and the creative process if you want to deepen your understanding and skills in your work.
How do we draw the boundaries in processing our images
In this episode of the Perceptive Photographer Podcast, I delve into the continuing dialog and conversations around the evolving role of generative AI in photography. Reflecting on my recent experiences, I share frustrations about people’s reactions without justification and start to set the stage for a broader discussion on AI’s impact.
As I always try to call out, there is a difference between that which is completely generative AI, which is a distinct art form requiring its own critique and classification and photography tools that use AI that make what would have been done anyway easiler.
In the conversation today, I am trying to encourage photographers to reflect on their boundaries regarding image manipulation and engage in meaningful conversations about the ethical implications of AI tools. Ultimately, I urge listeners to embrace the dialogue and continue growing as photographers.
Also, don’t forget to check out the upcoming workshops on color photography and the creative process if you want to deepen your understanding and skills in your work.
Do you already know the answer?
In this episode of the Perceptive Photographer podcast, I explore the inner monologue and external dialogues we photographers have when critiquing our work and others. It all starts with a story about a friend from my 20s constantly questioning one’s ability to drive after having a drink at the bar is an example of how we often ask questions we already know the answer to. (If you are asking the question of if you can drive after a drink, you can’t). As photographers, we can look at how identifying the importance of recognizing these questions we already know the answer to and holding ourselves accountable for the answers to improve our photography.
Also, don’t forget to check out the upcoming workshops on color photography and the creative process if you want to deepen your understanding and skills in your work.
Theater, sitcom storylines and your photography
Tune in to this weeks episode of the Perceptive Photographer whre we dig into how theater, photography, sitcom A, B, and C narratives in epsisode can be lessons to apply to our photographs.
Realizing what we thought we knew we didn’t know in our work
In this episode of the podcast, I talk about some of the challegenes we can face when we look at our photographs under the lens of thinking we knew what they were about when we really didn’t know.
Impacts of tension on our photography
In this episode of the podcast, we dig into the impacts of tension on photography. Not the tension in the frame, but rather the tension we carry with us bedhind the camera and how that can impact what we see, photograph and create.
Can Originality Be Taught? Exploring Innate Talent vs. Learned Skills
Welcome to the podcast episode 493. Today, I’m diving deep into a debate that really got me thinking: Can anything truly be taught? It all started with a professor’s bold statement that even the most original thoughts or unique artistic perspectives, like those of van Gogh, can be learned.
I question whether those innovative ways of seeing or thinking are truly teachable or if they’re just innate qualities. I’ll share how our unique life experiences shape the way we individually perceive the world, especially in art forms like photography.
While we can definitely learn techniques, that distinct vision each of us has is irreplaceable. Ultimately, art is about embracing your unique perspective and creativity, not just replicating skills but expressing your own experiences and understanding your place in the world. Let’s explore this together.
Couple of other notes from the podcast
Just a reminder about my critique class on September 21-22nd.
if you haven’t done so, check out the best images from the upcoming Paris 2024 Olympics. Some of them are amazing and so cool to see what those photographers captured.
I also suggest checking out Ashley Lagrange’s “Basic Critical Theory for Photographers” for a solid grasp of critical photography texts.
One of the things that makes the world so interesting is that we all do have different perspectives.
If everything was teachable and everybody could be made exactly the same through a set of skills that would be learned, that’s a boring world to live in.
How we think about photographs
In this episode, I dive into Stephen Shore’s thought-provoking photography concept of mental models and thinking about your images based on his book, “The Nature of Photographs”. In the podcast, we explore how framing, composition, and external influences shape our understanding of photographs on both a mental and physical level.
Couple of other notes from the podcast
Just a reminder about my critique class on September 21-22nd.
if you haven’t done so, check out the best images from the upcoming Paris 2024 Olympics. Some of them are amazing and so cool to see what those photographers captured.
I also suggest checking out Ashley Lagrange’s “Basic Critical Theory for Photographers” for a solid grasp of critical photography texts.
The world around us is impacting us as we make the photograph.
The camera captures light. And again, it’s bound by frame, it’s bound by composition that we set up in an effort to pull an abstraction.
Forks in the road of the creative process
In take 357 of episode 491 of the podcast, I dive into the impacts of forks in the road of our creative process. From the early excitement and motivation of creative processes to balancing the struggle of staying true to oneself while connecting with others. We dig in and explore some of the journies and paths we might find ourselves in photography, and the tough choices between giving up and pushing through. I hope you join me as I reflect on conversations with others and my own highs and lows, striving for improvement and understanding in my work.
Who am I in my photography? What am I saying about the world and my perception of the world through my photography?
It’s one of the great parts about the photographic process is that growth that comes from a better understanding of who I am and the things that matter to me in the world and how I express those through the photographs
Embracing Fragmentation in Photography
In this episode, I delve into the impacts of fragmentation in our photography, emphasizing its unique ability to fragment the world in various ways. Starting off with some great quotes from Jasper Johns and Ursula K. Le Guin about fragments of knowledge and then digging into how photography mirrors the fragmented nature of how we frame, see and compose.
Over the course of the podcast, I disuss the challenges of managing these fragments in how we use time, spaces, and ideas to create our own personal images.
Intention involves such a small fragment of our conciseness and of our mind and of our life.
-Jasper Johns
“All knowledge is partial, infinitesimally partial. Reason is a net thrown out into an ocean. What truth it brings in is a fragment, a glimpse, a scintillation of the whole truth.”
– Ursula K. Le Guin
Discussing the Role of Chance in Photography
This week in episode 489, I dig into the intersection of chance, self-expression, and photography. In revsiting the text from Clive Scott’s “The Spoken Image” I dig a little into the impact of whether photography is more about reacting to spontaneous moments or preparing for them. So as you listent to the podcast, ask yourself are you more of a ‘ready-for-the-moment’ shooter or do you thrive in the unpredictable?
“The exposure to the camera, the click of the shutter, is a real world event.”
Key Takeaways
The role of chance in photography and its impact on capturing moments.
Insights from Clive Scott’s book “The Spoken Image” on photography’s connection to language and symbols.
Exploration of the differences between spontaneous reactions and prepared anticipations in photography.
Perspectives on the balance between self-expression and the unpredictability inherent in photography.
Consideration of how photography can bridge the gap between planned shots and chance occurrences.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Simple Language Shapes How We View our Photographs
In this episode, I explore how the language we use—especially definite and indefinite articles—shapes our understanding and critique of photographs. We’ll dive into how titling, captioning, and asking the right questions can alter our perception and memory of images. This week I hope to uncover the subtle yet powerful role language plays in defining the context and elements within photography.
“As you’re talking about your photograph, start to think about how do you use that language unconsciously..”
Key Takeaways
Influence of definite and indefinite articles on the understanding and interpretation of photographs
Clarification of specificity and abstractness in photographic elements like color, light, and location through article usage
The role of titling, captioning, and specific questioning in shaping perception, memory, and critique of photographs
Emphasis on the importance of language in defining and understanding the context and elements of photographs
Using definite and indefinite articles as tools for framing and composing images
Reevaluation of the impact of article usage during critiques and photographic conversations
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
The importace of learning in making meaningful images
In episode 487, I dig into breaking the cycle of repetitive photography habits that have you spinning your wheels. It’s easy to keep snapping similar shots like sunsets or whatever you shoot again and again without pushing ourselves to what we really need to photograph to connect to our images. So with that in mind, I talk about how we can engage deeper with our subjects and find those unique elements that reflect our personal goals, experiences and growth, ultimately leading to more meaningful work.
“One of the things we have to do is spend the time to figure out what is it about that experience that is important to us, that is unique to us.”
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
The Role of Self-Acceptance in Your Creative Journey
In today’s episode, I dive deep into the impacts of acceptance in our creative practices. It’s all about being honest with ourselves, setting realistic expectations, and understanding outu that might impact our photographic progress and relationship to photography. After sharing a little about some workshops coming up, I try to discuss why it is important to appreciate and value what we create, and how respecting our work—and that of others—can make a huge difference–particularly when we are feeling a little less than motivated. By focusing our current state of mind, staying present, and avoiding that harsh self-criticism we can often end up being more connected to our work.
“Those little photographs that we make that seem trivial and don’t seem important in our own psychology sometimes are, in fact, very significant and important.”
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Ideas on Time and Presence in Your Photographic Process
This week’s podcast asks you to forget the technical jargon or future worries that you might have in your photographic practice. Instead, in episode 485, we are talking about how Edward Hoppers desire to appreciating light on a building, Cezannes seeing the surroundings, and the beauty of just staying put to catch those subtle changes can make a different in our work. We also dig a little into how those ideas become as Louis Kahn says our teachers. After all our work, is about creating a deep connection with the moment of when we are out there with our camera. Often easier said than done.
“When we shift from that, when we move from thinking about just the quality of light, that simple idea of painting the side of a house, photographing the side of the house with the light on it. And we shift into worrying about what it should be, what it could be, what it might be. We leave the present moment.”
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Musings on simplicity and complexity in photographs
Hey everyone, in this episode, I’m diving into two of the simple pleasures in my studio—a great cup of coffee and capturing the meaningful photograph. I’m digging into a random thought that came up after brewing some coffee in the studio. The thoughts of how stripping down complex experiences to their core can lead to deeper connections and more compelling storytelling through photography. There really isn’t an answer that I come up with but rather in this podcast, I wonder the pasture of simplicity wondering if who we are as photographs can be more understood by really making our discussions about images as simple as possible. And by that, I mean in the ability to be as simple as possible, we appreciate the complexity of great images.
“On the surface, it’s a very simple portrait, or very simple landscape, or very simple still life, but the complexity is there because the person experienced and allowed themselves to figure out what is it about this image that matters the most and make the image about that.”
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Revealing Your Photography Personality through F-Stops
Welcome to podcast 483, In this podcast, I’m diving into the world of f stops and depth of field in photography. Imagine your favorite f stop as a personality quiz—revealing the unique characteristics that define how you see and capture the world. You can of course start with Lightroom’s library filter bar to uncover your natural shooting habits, helping you understand your personal photography style with a metadata sort by f.stop. But rather than be just that simple, I dive into the impacts of f/stops as we explore the power of depth of field in guiding focus, telling compelling stories, and expressing intention in every shot. Whether you’re drawn to lush, blurred backgrounds or crave crisp, all-encompassing detail, it’s all about the details you value. hopefully with some thoughts on how to prioritize elements like sharpness, light, color, and technique, all while keeping your approach simple and true to your vision. Your signature and style, be it a favorite aperture or shutter speed, say something about who you are. I hope you spend a little time figuring out if you are an f/8 or f/16 sort of person.
(00:00:00) Determining If a Photograph Is Effective
(00:00:41) Is a Photograph Worth a Second Look?
(00:03:20) Forcing a Second or Third Look
(00:04:53) Technique vs. Effectiveness
(00:11:38) Summary
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Understanding Photographs Through Repeated Engagement
Welcome to podcast 482 ! Today, we look at why we might come back and have a second look at an image, and how that can impact our determination of an image’s effectiveness or not. We know that it’s not just about technical aspects but the deeper resonance and significance that prompt us to keep coming back for a second look, and yet, we need the technical aspects to not be a distraction. It is a balancing act. We’ll dive into the importance of engaging with images multiple times, understanding their potential, and the photographer’s intention behind them and how we should consider biases and critique techniques, when sorting out why some photographs hold our attention more than others.
(00:00:00) Determining If a Photograph Is Effective
(00:00:41) Is a Photograph Worth a Second Look?
(00:03:20) Forcing a Second or Third Look
(00:04:53) Technique vs. Effectiveness
(00:11:38) Summary
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
A tale of distractions
In episode 481 of the Perceptive Photographer, we dig into the different sides of distractions and how they can be both a benefit sometimes and a negative other times. Using examples like peaking at the back of the camera, over preparedness and should and coulds of photography, I discuss how so much of what we are distracted by take us out of the moment of connection behind the camera. That connection should be our goal, so I invite you to revisit and reconsider how you approach your things that seem to distract you in your work.
Mark Your Calendars for the Lightroom Virtual Summit 2024
Before we get into the topic just a save the date note for the Lightroom Virtual Summit 2024 for May 20 through May 24. This will be a free week packed with Lightroom training. These sessions are going to be invaluable for anyone looking to enhance their photo processing and organizational skills with this tool.
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Importance of good customer service
In episode 480 of the Perceptive Photographer, we dig into the notion of what good customer services looks like. When thinking about your photographs and if you are in the business of making photos, what does good customer service look like in your images. As your own client, what are you doing to make sure that your images have the best experience possible.
Mark Your Calendars for the Lightroom Virtual Summit 2024
Before we get into the topic just a save the date note for the Lightroom Virtual Summit 2024 for May 20 through May 24. This will be a free week packed with Lightroom training. These sessions are going to be invaluable for anyone looking to enhance their photo processing and organizational skills with this tool.
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
What would your camera club be?
In episode 479, the podcast delves into the idea of launching a camera club, exploring its potential members and the methods of discussing photography. In focusing on diversity of interests and backgrounds they may bring to the table, we can start to understand more about what we need from our photographic practice.. Additionally, I discuss the approaches to how photographs are discussed within the club setting, considering varying perspectives and approaches. In my club, the idea of and an inclusive environment where members can freely express their opinions and insights on photography to better understand who they are as photographers would win out over any contest.
Evolution, revolution and rants
In this week’s podcast I dive into the way our photos that only we seem to love can really impact our work and a quick rant on AI marketing language.
Mark Your Calendars for the Lightroom Virtual Summit 2024
Before we get into the topic just a save the date note for the Lightroom Virtual Summit 2024 for May 20 through May 24. This will be a free week packed with Lightroom training. These sessions are going to be invaluable for anyone looking to enhance their photo processing and organizational skills with this tool.
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Five ways resistance can impact your photographic process
Hey everyone, Daniel Gregory here. In this episode, we’re diving into the topic of resistance and how it can seriously mess with our creative flow. I’ll be sharing some personal insights on how resistance shows up in different ways and what we can do to push through it. We’ll talk about how resistance can actually serve a purpose, but also how it can hold us back from embracing change and trying new things. I’ll also touch on how to overcome resistance when it comes to our photography work and how to find joy in the process again. Plus, we’ll explore the idea of having multiple priorities can be a good thing, and how stubbornness can be a major creativity killer.
Mark Your Calendars for the Lightroom Virtual Summit 2024
Before we get into the topic just a save the date note for the Lightroom Virtual Summit 2024 for May 20 through May 24. This will be a free week packed with Lightroom training. These sessions are going to be invaluable for anyone looking to enhance their photo processing and organizational skills with this tool.
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Interview with Dave Cross
In the podcast this week I am so excited to be joined by the amazing and wonderful Dave Cross. Dave is an icon in the Photoshop world. A member of the Hall of Fame, teaching in every state and multiple countries around the world, founder of the Virtual Summits series and just an all-around great individual. I am so excited that he agreed to join me on the podcast this week where we talk about building community, how to approach working on complex ideas or topics and how to always keep improving. I hope you have a great time listening, I know I learned a lot and loved having the chance to speak with Dave. You can learn more about Dave and all he does at dcross.com
Mark Your Calendars for the Lightroom Virtual Summit 2024
Before we get into the topic just a save the date note for the Lightroom Virtual Summit 2024 for May 20 through May 24. This will be a free week packed with Lightroom training. These sessions are going to be invaluable for anyone looking to enhance their photo processing and organizational skills with this tool.
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Defining your best work
This week’s podcast explores the elusive quest to identify the “best photograph” in a series, delving into considerations like emotional impact, composition, and our own bias. One of the most complex aspects of this process is determining the “best photograph.” Is it the most visually striking image or does it carry the most significance and impact? The answer is subjective and depends on various factors since things like intention, the purpose of the series, and the overall viewing experience come into play. Rather than come up with a single answer, I talk about the impacts of how we approach this definition and how to dig deeper in a conversation with someone who might ask you that very question.
Mark Your Calendars for the Lightroom Virtual Summit 2024
Before we get into the topic just a save the date note for the Lightroom Virtual Summit 2024 for May 20 through May 24. This will be a free week packed with Lightroom training. These sessions are going to be invaluable for anyone looking to enhance their photo processing and organizational skills with this tool.
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Five Photography Challenges to Connect to Your Work
It’s “Challenge Week,” in this episode of the Perceptive Photographer, so I am outlining five tasks designed to refresh and inspire your approach to your work. Each challenge ranges in difficulty and is not necessarily organized from easiest to hardest, as presented in the podcast, as everyone’s perspective on what’s challenging varies. But I hope each one can shift a perception or rekindle a creative spark if you feel a little stuck.
Crafting Project Statements
The first challenge is crafting project statements. I’m asking you to write three project statements, each one or two paragraphs at most, to help organize some photographic projects or initiate a new project you have only thought about.
The Gift of Art: Sharing Your Work
Challenge number two is about generosity and the power of giving away ten prints. The purpose of this is to select images you value enough to share and think about a deeper connection to what truly matters in your work as you share it.
Exploring New Perspectives Through Cropping
The third challenge involves taking 25 existing images and cropping them into new aspect ratios, which hopefully pushes you to consider alternative compositional frames. This practice can dramatically shift your approach to capturing images in the future.
The Art of Titling
In the fourth challenge of the week, I am challenging you to title 50 currently untitled images. Crafting suitable titles can often be as challenging as taking the photos themselves, but it’s part of the process that adds depth to our work.
Curating a Cohesive Collection
The last challenge starts with building a collection of 100 images that seem to fit together. This exercise emphasizes the importance of identifying what makes each photograph unique and also different. You are looking for the common threads that tie them together, using your own photographs as a feedback loop for growth.
Mark Your Calendars for the Lightroom Virtual Summit 2024
Before we get into the topic just a save the date note for the Lightroom Virtual Summit 2024 for May 20 through May 24. This will be a free week packed with Lightroom training. These sessions are going to be invaluable for anyone looking to enhance their photo processing and organizational skills with this tool.
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Defining value in the image: snapshots to fine-art
In this latest episode of the Perceptive Photographer podcast, I revisited the evergreen question of what constitutes a good photograph. A quick announcement before we jump into the topic. I wanted to announced the upcoming Lightroom Virtual Summit 2024, set to run from May 20-24, where you can enjoy a free week of Lightroom training.
In this week’s podcast, I delved into the subjective nature of photographic quality, emphasizing that a photograph’s value extends beyond monetary terms and is more deeply tied to the experience and emotional connection it brings, reflecting on the influence of audience, intention, and purpose in determining what makes a photograph acceptable or praiseworthy, and how experience itself adds value to a photograph.
I also wonder if the notion of good is sometimes an automatic praise given to certain historical figures in photography, noting that not all works by recognized artists are necessarily exemplary. Finally I wonder how much the weight we put into an image is our good verse snapshots categories of image. Where a good ‘snapshot’ quality, advocating for their potential to carry memory, meaning, and context might be the best of our work.
My goal in the episode is to return to that question of what makes a photograph meaningful is likely what also makes it good, and the significance of photographs that capture the essence of a place or situation, which may not necessarily satisfy the criteria of structured competitions, but nonetheless stand as good photography in their own right.
Mark Your Calendars for the Lightroom Virtual Summit 2024
Before we get into the topic just a save the date note for the Lightroom Virtual Summit 2024 for May 20 through May 24. This will be a free week packed with Lightroom training. These sessions are going to be invaluable for anyone looking to enhance their photo processing and organizational skills with this tool.
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Diving deeper into photo inspiration and influences
Welcome to another installment of the Perceptive Photographer podcast. I’m excited to bring you episode 472. Before we dive deep into this week’s topic, a quick note for those eager to enhance their photography critique skills: I will be running a class on April 6 and 13 designed to refine your ability to understand and discuss your photographs more profoundly. Now, let’s get into the heart of today’s discussion, learning to identify and understand the influences in your photography.
The Role of Influences in Shaping Your Craft
In a recent class I taught about imitation, inspiration, and influence, we uncovered the significance of in-depth knowledge about the photographers who shape our work. It’s incredible to note how many of us begin our photographic journey under the subtle guidance of our predecessors without even realizing it. Our personal style often evolves from emulating the images that captivate us. Identifying these pivotal influencers is the first step towards acknowledging the roots of our creative expression.
Why Delve into the Lives of Influential Photographers?
The exercise of recognizing influential photographers goes beyond a simple acknowledgment. Once we pinpoint these individuals, it becomes immensely rewarding to undertake a biographical exploration. Unraveling the stories behind the artists who resonate with us strengthens our connection to their work and enriches our own creative process. By understanding the context of their lives and their art, we open ourselves up to deeper insights about their impact on our photography.
The Power of Significant Works and the Lessons They Teach
As we immerse ourselves in the lives of these photographers, it’s crucial to dissect their portfolios and identify the pieces that speak to us the loudest. These significant works are often a composite of the lessons we absorb and apply to our own photography. However, influences can be as diverse as the genres we explore. They can pivot our perspective, technique, and expression in ways we might not have predicted.
As we continuously seek out inspiration and endeavor to refine our craft, it’s important to stay updated with fresh insights and discussions in the world of photography. Subscribing to the Perceptive Photographer podcast ensures that every Monday, you’ll have access to the latest episodes packed with thoughtful commentary and tips to further your photographic journey.
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Symbolic meaning and thinking in photography
In this week’s episode of the Perceptive Photographer, we try to unpack photography’s connection to symbolic meaning in images and how some of key tenants of symbolic interactionism can shift how we approach our work. From social constructs to the meaning behind our photographs, this episode dives into how our interactions shape the essence captured in every shot. Hopefully, some of this will give you a chance to think about how your approach and what you see defines your visual stories.
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
The reason does matter
This week is episode 470 of the Perceptive Photographer podcast I dive into the importance of the personal part of personal work and projects. So many times I hear from people who are trying to find a deeper connection to their work that they struggle with what it will mean to everyone who looks at it. The focus of the work is very external. I propose that for work to matter it needs to have a personal connection to the person making the work first. I also believe that if it matters to you then that is enough. The work matters because we feel and believe it matters to us. This isn’t a matter of ego, but rather a deep heart-felt to what we photograph and how we experience those moments.
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
When it is practice and when is it insanity?
In this week’s podcasts, I jump into the essence the struggle between practice, inspiration and making images. I emphasize the necessity to actively engage in practicing the craft of photography, emphasizing the importance of honing technical, organizational, shooting, and preparatory skills. When we fail to practice, it can leave us unprepared for unforeseen challenges.
There is also a critical balance between practicing what we already know and learning new tasks that is crucial to our continued development and excitement as photographers. I also talk about the risk of disregarding moments of influence and inspiration to explore the unfamiliar that can move us forward in favor of the safety of easy practice. This impact can risk stagnation and the feeling of going nowhere. The key lies in being prepared while maintaining flexibility, ensuring growth without becoming stuck in a rigid routine.
Some of the tools for fostering inspiration include the creation of an inspiration journal. This journal encourages us to celebrate the beauty in our surroundings at any given moment and urges us to try something entirely different to stimulate creativity. I also think it is important to establish an efficient and organized system for practice, allowing for a structured yet flexible approach to the craft of photography. By embracing these principles, we can hopefully have a a smart and evolving photography practice, ensuring we are prepared and open to new possibilities.
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Discussing the concept of presets both in software and as a mindset for photographers
In episode 468 of my podcast, the Perceptive Photographer, I talk about the world of presets in photography. I chime in on how their role and importance can enhancing workflow efficiency, especially for repetitive tasks.
I also share how important it is to consider the further refinement required to achieve the desired effects. I also try to encourage you to understand the underlying adjustments that make up a preset to better apply them to their images.
I also try an draw a parallel between presets and expectations set before a photo shoot, emphasizing preparation as another form of presetting. Finally I discuss how ideas can be left top of mind akin to having pre-programmed buttons on a radio, that aid photographers in rapidly adapting to change while shooting.
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Imitate, Influence, Inspire: Lessons from ‘Art and Fear’
In episode 467 of the Perceptive Photographer podcast, we draw inspiration from the book “Art and Fear” by Ted Orland and Richard Bayless.
Often in my artistic endeavors, I’m driven by a desire to produce remarkable pieces that resonate with both myself and my audience. But what’s the path to achieving such a goal? Drawing from the teachings of “Art and Fear”, I point out a fundamental lesson: the best I can do is make art I care about—lots of it. Because as I churn out my creations, only a handful will rise to the top as finished products of note.
Learning Through Volume: The Continuous Journey of Art Creation
Good work, as highlighted in today’s discussion, is born from a surplus of efforts that may not initially hit the mark. I encourage myself to generate an abundance of work and gradually filter out the less impressive aspects. It’s through this sifting process that I learn about my unique visions and inch closer to the art I aspire to create. Someone has to do the work, and it might as well be me.
Reimagining Weaknesses as Strengths in Art
Creating art can sometimes transport me to a peculiar place beyond satisfaction. It’s during this struggle with my flaws and weaknesses that art truly takes form. By reframing these apparent shortcomings as strengths, I unlock new perspectives in my craft. The podcast reminds me that it isn’t until the pain of not working exceeds the pain of working that I truly commit to my art form.
In closing, I reflect on the long-lasting impact “Art and Fear” has had on my creative philosophy. The book’s insights are not to be overlooked by anyone seeking to deepen their understanding of the artistic experience. As I bid farewell for the week, I extend an invitation to embrace the book’s wisdom and carry it with us on our creative journeys.
Remember, keep creating, push through the struggles, and allow your artwork to be an honest exploration of your inner world. Until next time, keep nurturing your craft and perhaps join me for my upcoming free webinar on March 7, where editing and transformation of photographs into striking black and white images will be the day’s adventure.
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Key elements to thinking about your work as projects instead of images
Welcome to a new episode of the Perceptive Photographer podcast. For those of you who are returning listeners, your continued support is invaluable. And to the newcomers, a warm thank you for tuning in. Exciting updates such as webinars are on the horizon, and I encourage you to subscribe to the newsletter for all the latest news.
Discovering Work That Matters
Photographers often find themselves at a crossroads, seeking to create work that resonates and has significance. The initial steps towards crafting meaningful photography can seem daunting, yet it is a journey worth embarking on. The allure of this quest lies not only in the pursuit of individual expression but also in the connections we forge with our community through shared visual languages.
The Allure of Unique Perspectives
There’s a unique charm in the subjects that catch a photographer’s eye. While many may photograph similar scenes or objects, it is the individual touch – the distinct sensibility each photographer brings to their work – that sets their photographs apart. Understanding that this inherent attraction to certain subjects is a reflection of one’s unique personality is the key to embracing the deeper compulsion behind why we capture the images we do.
Broad Connections Over Singular Objects
Photography should not be viewed solely as a collection of individual snapshots but as a narrative that weaves a richer tapestry of broader connections. These connections form the backbone of engaging photography and propel us into explorations that resonate on a deeper level.
Defining Projects with Expansive Vision
When charting out projects, the advice is to cast the net as wide as possible. Themes like relationships or the interaction with landscapes can serve as colossal canvases for your photographic exploration. By widening the scope, photographers can then gradually refine and narrow down their language, bringing clarity and focus to the projects that matter most.
The Essence of a Five-Star Photograph
A ‘five-star’ photograph can hold different meanings for different people. Some images may aim purely to inform, while others strive to evoke a deeper understanding. It’s crucial to distinguish between these as it sheds light on the photographer’s intentions and the layers of meaning embedded within their work.
In conclusion, Daniel Gregory offers invaluable insight into embarking on a journey towards creating impactful photography. By understanding the uniqueness of our perspectives, connecting our images to broader themes, carefully defining our projects, and recognizing the varied depths of meaning in our photographs, we can make significant progress in our photographic endeavors.
Here’s to a week filled with exploration, creativity, and the pursuit of images that connect and inspire.
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Keeping perspective before and after the click
In this episode, we explore the pivotal moment between capture and concept and how making sure we focus on the right creative process at the right time and really push our work forwards in meaningful ways.
Key Topics
- Understanding the “click” moment
- The “what” versus the “how”
- The iterative nature of photographic meaning
- Presence of mind in photo making
“What is the thing that drew my attention? What is the thing that pulled me into wanting to actually put the camera up to my eye?”
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
What can happen if you don’t revisit your work
In episode 464 of the Perceptive Photographer podcast, we delve into an intriguing discussion on the importance of artists looking back at their own completed work. Contrasting the view of individuals who refrain from revisiting their past creations, I try to show that reviewing one’s work is crucial for evaluation and self-reflection. I also talk about the value of self-critique in the creative process and how getting more skilled at self-reflection can drive the power of engaging with the work through multiple voices in group critique settings.
Key Topics
- Never revisiting your own work?
- Importance of critiquing personal work
- Photographs: Deepen our universal view
- Honest feedback fosters community
- Self-evaluation improves collaboration
“It allows us to get new ideas. And part of the new ideas is where inspiration comes from.”
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Seeing the shots with community
Dive into episode 436 of The Perceptive Photographer to explore the intertwining of camaraderie, standards, and idealism in photography. In this episode, I reflect on an owl photo adventure, revealing insights into how photographers can enhance their craft through communal experiences, precise goals, and a contagiously optimistic outlook.
Key Topics
- Community matters in photography
- Setting expectations can limit you
- Positivity is infectious on shoots
- Photography is a privileged pursuit
“That sense of idealism also was really sort of interesting because it came out and I remember one guy said something to the effect of, I’m gonna get one of the greatest shots I’ve ever gotten today.”
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Five bad habits to drop like a hot potato
This week, we dive into five bad habits that you may have that are blocking your photographic process. Hopefully, in the podcast, you can see how to challenge your approach, shake off stubbornness, improve your listening skills, and inspire action behind the lens. Tune in to sharpen your creative focus!
Key Topics
- Holding onto things out of stubbornness
- The fallacy of needing to be right
- The critical mistake of not listening
- Criticizing others for your own faults
- The power of doing the work
“Your stubbornness is preventing you from taking the necessary steps forward to be more successful as a photographer.”
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Questions of quality: The viewing of a great Photo
Dive into the ideas of what makes a good photograph in this episode of the Perceptive Photographer podcast. In episode 461 we try to unlock what defines quality in a image and how our assessment of the subjective nature of good changes and evolves over time From engaging our emotions to shifting at our thinking, we talk about how to discover the key elements that make a photograph truly stand out.
Key Topics
- What makes a good photograph?
- Distractions in photos: purposeful or not?
- The subjective nature of photographic interest
- Emotional evocation as a photo’s marker
- Thinking photos: contemplation and engagement
“I also believe that photographs that are good have us think. They have us shift our way at our awareness of the world in a way we hadn’t considered before.”
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Sights and Insights: Starting 2024 with a Photographic Mindset
As we start 2024 on the perceptive photographer, we dive into the nuances of photography in the digital age, challenging myths and embracing goals for 2024. Tune in for an insightful mix of critical thinking, resolutions, and the power of forgiveness in the creative journey.
Key Topics
- The importance of reviewing assumptions in photography using film photography as more contemplative as an example
- Redefining photo resolutions
- The truth about habit-forming
- Embracing creative forgiveness
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Finding inspiration in quotes on photography and connecting
The latest episode of The Perspective Photographer, number 459, dives into some thought-provoking perspectives on photography from some great quotes by other photographers. In these quotes, we see our need to connect to our work and subjects in a meaningful way to produce the best work possible. As we visit the quotes below we can start to see how images have the power to reveal secrets, capture humanity, and become canvasses that echo our connections.
A photograph is a secret about a secret. The more it tells you the less you know. —Diane Arbus
It is an illusion that photos are made with the camera… they are made with the eye, heart and head. —Henri Cartier-Bresson
A thing that you see in my pictures is that I was not afraid to fall in love with these people. — Annie Leibovitz
I used to think that I could never lose anyone if I photographed them enough. In fact, my pictures show me how much I’ve lost. ―Nan Goldin
It is easy to make a picture of someone and call it a portrait. The difficulty lies in making a picture that makes the viewer care about a stranger. — Paul Strand
People say don’t stare. Through the photos, not only do I stare, but I allow viewers to stare at the subject, to see things that they cannot see with a casual glance. —Dawoud Bey
There’s no particular class of photograph that I think is any better than any other class. I’m always and forever looking for the image that has spirit! I don’t give a damn how it got made. —Minor White
There is one thing the photograph must contain, the humanity of the moment. — Robert Frank
The majority of the people I’ve taken photographs of, I’ve had conversations with. What are your goals and aspirations? What are you about? It’s not just about me capturing the image; I want to know what you are about. —Jamel Shabazz
I didn’t want a completely passive viewer. Art means too much to me. To be able to articulate something visually is really an important thing. I wanted to make work where the viewer wouldn’t walk away; he would giggle nervously, get pulled into history, into fiction, into something totally demeaning and possibly very beautiful. —Kara Walker
I always say that photography’s closest cousin is poetry because of the way it sparks your imagination and leaves gaps for the viewer to fill in. —Alec Soth
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Embrace Failure: A Key to Success
Ever thought being a dismal failure could be your best move? Dive into our exploration of failure as a stepping stone in photography and creativity on this episode of The Perceptive Photographer. Let’s wrap up 2023 by finding beauty in blunders and gaining growth through goof-ups.
“Amazing things happen when we fail, and yet most of us work really hard not to be a failure or to appear as we have failed or to appear incompetent or less than qualified for what we’re doing.”
Key Points
- Failure can lead to creative leaps
- Being stuck is worse than failing
- Success may breed from failed shots
- Reflection fosters photographic growth
- Remove “failure” for creative freedom
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Listener Question Week
This episode of the Perceptive Photographer podcast is all about listener questions. Starting with the common mistakes made by photographers while critiquing their work. We then look at strategies to tackle procrastination. We try to examine how many photos you need to take to get a good one. I reveal one of my most annoying work habits and how it impacts my photography. Finally, we talk about dealing with so much information on the web and how to focus on their voice and understanding of their work and emphasize the importance of consuming as much photography with intention as possible.
“Sometimes procrastination is there to help us understand what actually matters to us.”
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Unlocking conversations about your work with 11 easy questions
In this week’s podcast episode, we explore the use of 11 dynamic questions that are specifically designed to spark meaningful conversations about photography. Using these questions, you can easily discuss your work with your audience and, in turn, help them develop a deeper understanding and appreciation for your art. This can help create a stronger connection between you and your viewers, resulting in a more fulfilling artistic experience for everyone involved.
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Work is never linear
This week’s perceptive photographer podcast dives into the dynamic interplay between time and creativity. This episode peels back the layers of how a non-linear approach to time can reshape our photographic journey and push the boundaries of our artistic process!
“And yet we have memories and we have anticipation of the future, and we have all sorts of things that sort of shift our notion of time.”
Key Points
- Time’s role in the creative process
- Misconceptions about linear progress
- Circular vs. linear creation models
- Impact of revisiting old work
- Inspiration from past to fuel future art
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Hitting the bullseye in goal setting for your photography
In this perceptive photographer podcast this week we focus on how coming up with three key goals can make a difference in your work. From setting strategies for goal setting, exploring the impact of language in photography, connecting with your subject, and looking at history, social sharing, or business aspects of photography, getting the right goal can be a wonderful stepping stone to a deeper connection with and emphasizing the importance your work.
Key Points
- Expand beyond low-hanging fruit skills.
- Tackle the unknowns in your photographic journey.
- Learn how to title work from other artists.
- Goal setting for significant creative leaps.
- Cherry-pick goals for a focused 2024 plan.
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
The shape of influences
In this episode of the Perceptive Photographer, we dive into the impacts of influences on our work. From life’s twists to jazz beats and social justice, explore the diverse elements that shape our sense of seeing.
“Our influences come from a broader spectrum than just the other photographers.”
Key Points
- Influences extend beyond photography
- Emotional life experiences as creative fuel
- Art forms other than photography inspire
- The impact of photography training
- Environment & social issues influence work
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
The difference between knowledge and wisdom in photography
This week’s podcast explores the distinction between knowledge and wisdom in photography, emphasizing the importance of experience and trusting yourself. My goal is to encourage you to step out of your comfort zone, trust your existing skills, and take action to explore your creativity to have more uniqueness in your work.
“Trust that you already know enough, trust that you already have the skills you need, and then take those steps to actually try it out and see what happens.”
Key Points
- Photographers often obsess over acquiring knowledge, believing that it alone will lead to success.
- Wisdom allows photographers to determine the relevance of information and its application in their own work.
- Trusting one’s own experience is crucial in developing wisdom and creating unique photographs.
- Wisdom helps photographers recognize when to apply knowledge and how to adapt it to their own artistic vision.
- Recognize that our unique perspectives are influenced by what we know and don’t know.
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Are you in it for the long haul?
In this episode 451 of the Perceptive Photographer this week, I discuss the significance of commitment and personal growth in photography. By focusing on our unique perspectives and experiences to create meaningful images, I believe we end up capturing the essence of who we are in our photographs. I also talk about the need for continuous evolution and reinvention rather than staying stagnant.
Key concepts from the podcast this week:
- Emotional awareness greatly impacts the mood and essence of our photographs.
- The commitment to personal growth and self-discovery as a photographer is more important than technical skills.
- We should consider what truly matters to them and reflect that in their work.
- There is no one right path in photography, and each journey is unique
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.

One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Why sitting with uneasy feelings can help you better edit your photographs.
As a photographer, I believe it’s essential to step out of our comfort zones to improve the quality of our images. In this episode, I discuss the significance of exploring new techniques, embracing uncertainty, and actively engaging with the creative process.
I also stress the importance of taking the time to sit with our feelings, identifying any issues that may be hindering us, and using a checklist approach to analyze and edit our images. In addition to that, I recommend exploring unknown territories to make creative breakthroughs, and listening to our internal voice and acknowledging discomfort to make better decisions.
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.

One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
10 questions to being a better photographer
In the podcast this week, we take a look at ten thought-provoking questions that delve into the motivations, emotions, and personal approaches of photographers. It emphasizes the importance of paying attention and taking progressive steps forward in the creative journey. My goal this week is to help prompt you to reflect on the most amazing images and things you have witnessed through the lens and whether you continue to actively seek out more of the same experiences.
- Would you photograph if you never got to share your images?
- Would you photograph if you never got to keep your images?
- What is the single word you would use to describe your photography?
- What is the best photo you never made?
- How do negative emotions impact your work?
- What excites you about your work?
- Think about your favorite camera. What about that camera made it your favorite, and how can you incorporate that feeling into your work today?
- What is one negative thing that you keep doing in your work and what would happen if you moved past it?
- how many photos do you need in a retrospective of your work to feel accomplished?
- What is the most amazing thing you have seen through the lens?
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.

One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
It’s not a corporate gig so don’t act like it is
In a recent conversation with a friend, they mentioned they were moving on from a job. They had been there since the early days in the company and now found that too much had changed, and they felt as if they were having to be something they weren’t. Rather than focusing on doing what they love, it was all smart goals, stretch goals, meetings and delays. The whole reason they got into it was lost.
This podcast episode explores how the introduction of smart goals and corporate buzzwords can hinder creativity and engagement. I encourage you to redefine success and embrace a more organic and individualized approach to their photography
Subscribing to the podcast ensures not missing any new episodes released every Monday.

One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Metaphors and story telling
In the podcast this week, we take a look at how using metaphors and developing multiple metaphors in your photography can help you find a more exciting and consistent voice in your work.

One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Like healthy eating, you know what you need to do in your photography
I like to eat junk food. There are so many good cakes, pies, cookies, ice cream, funnel cakes and more. I also know that too much junk food isn’t good for me and causes all sorts of issues. I know what to do to eat healthy, but I only sometimes do it. I also have learned that dieting to fix an issue is a short-term fix and that the term diet isn’t something you do. It is what you actually eat.
Our creative process is a lot like eating. We can live on junk food and the costs that come with it, or we can eat a healthy diet to feed our creative process. In the podcast this week, I talk about how important it is to bring a healthy diet to your creative process, and after a while, you might find that a healthy diet makes your photograph that much better.

One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Gear does matter. It affects your work
We often hear that gear doesn’t (or does) matter. Those on the doesn’t matter side will discuss how great images are made independently of the gear used. However, in this week’s podcast, we take a look at how the gear you use impacts the type and style of work you do. We also look at how much of the reason we might buy gear that has no effect on our work. This leads us to the question, are we using the right gear for what we do?

One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Celebrating the uniqueness of episode 444
This week is episode number 444 of the podcast. In honor of the episode number, we are looking at three lists of four great ways to improve, have fun and make more photographs.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
A question of quality
Over the past few weeks, I have had a couple of questions sent to me in email that I thought were interesting topics for the podcast. While each question is unique, they sort of get to a central question when looking at our photography and deciding on images to keep or pass over.
This week’s podcast dives into the questions of What makes a good photograph and how you choose between two similar images when picking one to have as the final image. Both are great questions that all photographers face when working, culling and processing images. Sometimes, the answer is obvious, but other times, nuances and minor, almost trivial, differences in the image make all the difference.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Acts of Kindness
In this week’s podcast, I talk about the importance of kindness and how that can make a difference in someone’s life even when you might not be aware. Nothing about photographs this week, but something bigger than all of that clicking and f/stops.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Framing considerations
In this week’s podcast, we talk about the importance of framing and the impacts framing has on compositions in photographs. I also make a personal plea for you to stop clicking on gear-related clickbait.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Keep it simple with one small thing
I often hear photographers make things needlessly complicated, as if complexity is something to strive for. In this week’s podcast, we explore the idea of keeping things simple. The simpler, the better. Whether it’s discussing photographs, setting up Photoshop, or sharing prints, simplicity brings us happiness, productivity, and motivation.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Got a song stuck in your head? Might be good for your photography
Ever get a song stuck in your head that you can’t seem to shake? Or, do you ever have a random fact that you can’t remember but can remember everything else about the fact? For example, you can’t remember the name of the singer of Margaritaville, but you can remember his name sounds like something at a restaurant, likes boats, eats cheeseburgers, writes books and has beach parties at his concerts.
In our photography, I think sometimes how we deal with these brain glitches can have an impact on the type of photographs we make and how we process our creative practice. So, in this week’s podcast, we dive not the world of songs that won’t go away and random trivia to try and find a place where our photography can lead us in a new direction.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Being bold
This week on the Perceptive Photographer, we are talking all about being bold about how you answer some of the simple questions people ask you about your photography and the types of images you make.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Considerations for better compositions
This week on the Perceptive Photographer, we are taking at look at some key considerations or questions to ask yourself about your photographic compositions.
- Are the objects in your composition with purpose, or are they a distraction? And, more importantly, if they are a distraction, are they a distraction of purpose?
- Where to your leading lines lead? After all, lines move two directions.
- How do you approach your two-dimensional space verse your three dimensional space?
- How much emotional space are you leaving as part of the composition?
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Where’s the fire?
In this week’s podcast, we take a look at how rushing and invoking our fight or flight responses to framing and composing our photographs can have an unintended detrimental impact on our work. And, how small steps like deep breaths, reimagining work and presence of mind can help us recognize compositional issues when they appear behind the lens.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Projects, odd questions and toning black and white images
This week’s podcast is a dive into a few listener questions that have come in over the past few weeks. We look at how to approach big projects and use the amazing Matika Wilbur’s Project 562 work as an example of how big projects often require lots of time, miles and small bits. We then look at how to answer the question: what will you do with that photo? And finally, we take a peak at the tinting and toning of black and white images.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Chicken and the egg
In looking at photographs, there are a lot of ways to evaluate the work. Two of those approaches are content and concept. We can look at how well the concept is executed, and we can look at how well the content supports the concept.
In the podcast this week, I dive into the importance of understanding a couple of key elements about content and concept in analyzing your work. Most important are understanding the default bias you bring to your analysis and how to temper your analysis against your unwanted biases to find a deeper, more insightful meaning in your work.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Working Projects
One of the great aspects of working in photography is the chance to work on projects. And in this case, by projects, I just mean a collection of similar themed work. Many of us start out taking images of things that capture our attention. They might seem random or grouped somehow, but they are often disjointed. Eventually, we might see a pattern or theme develop but still continue to click away sort of ad-hoc.
In the podcast this week, I talk about the value of thinking of your work as projects, big and small, and how focusing on a group of images or collection of images can help you better understand your technique, vision and voice within your work.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Simple lessons from my last workshop and an editing effect to keep a close watch on
The podcast this week is a quick review of lessons observed in my last workshop out in the Palouse.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Five challenges to push your photographic process forward
In the podcast this week, I offer up five challenges each with 10 outcomes to try that will help push you forward as a photographer. While some of them seem simple on the surface, each of these challenges can be a deep dive into your creative process and how to quickly understand the why and how of your work. So if you are up for it:
- Pick your 10 best images
- Pick your 10 most important images
- Give a physical print to 10 different people of at least one of the photographs from your best or most important group
- Pick 10 locations within 10 miles of your house and go photograph them
- Pick 10 pieces of gear and get rid of them.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
What to do with all those bad ones?
I have had several conversations about what to do with bad images lately. So, in this week’s podcast, we revisit a classic topic for organization and working with your images–what to do with all those bad images. I am not a just delete and burn person; I think there are some reasons to really consider what you are deleting and why. Not only does experience shift over time as we learn more about what makes a good photograph meaning what was once skipped might be found, but we also can learn from looking at those bad images. So before you delete and purge, listen to the podcast and see if your approach is the best long-term solution.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Generative AI, Diane Arbus and other musings on the creation of images
This past week I was asked a lot about the new generative AI tools in Photoshop and how they will impact my workflow. To be honest, I am not yet sure how they will completely impact my workflow, but they will cause a shift for sure. At the same time, the quote, “I really believe there are things nobody would see if I didn’t photograph them” by Diane Arbus got me thinking about how we might be asking the wrong question about all this new technology.
In this week’s podcast, I discuss how what you photograph and how you see the world will impact your approach using some of these new generative tools. Depending on who you are and how you see, these tools may finally let you express what you see, and for others, it will help provide clarity to the more documentary way they photograph. Either way, the conversations about these tools and their impacts will continue as photography takes its next leap.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Details and other small things
In this week’s podcast, we dive into the importance of details and how the small things in our photographic practice can make all the difference in getting the work we want and hope to create.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Starting from failure
In this podcast, I talk about how much faster you can achieve your goals when you start by failing and how failing is a great indicator of action.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Balancing act in photography
In the latest podcast episode, I discuss the significance of balancing not only our visuals but also our mindset toward our work. This approach can positively impact our appreciation for our work and our journey towards achieving it.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Grief, loss and owning your emotions
I lost one of my best buddies this past weekend. My cat Batman left for the Rainbow Bridge. He was a big part of my life for the past 12 years, and he and I had one of the best bromances of all time. After he passed and we were taking him to the vet, a few amazing things happened that gave me pause about the connection to the universe, our emotions and how we see when emotions are in the forefront. In this week’s podcast, I tell you a little about my best bud and the final lesson he gave me as he journeyed to be with the rest of the pets waiting at the bridge.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Listening to your voice
In this week’s podcast, we dive into the importance of listening to your voice. Voice is one of the key aspects of making more meaningful images. It can sometimes be a challenge to focus on our voice and sort out how it will apply to our work. Most of this work comes down to trusting yourself and following your energy to what matters to you, even when faced with uncertainty and doubt.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
One piece of advice you would give yourself
I often get asked in interviews or classes, what is one piece of advice you would give yourself, knowing what you know now, when you first got started in photography. In the podcast this week, I jump into that topic and talk about how staying true to your voice and your vision can be hard but is worth it in the end.
Also, don’t forget that April 17-20 is the Photoshop Creativity Virtual Summit. A free week of classes on creativity and photoshop. You can register here if you like.

One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
The power of multiple meanings in photography
In the podcast this week, I dive into the importance of an image having multiple meanings, not just at the time of creating or processing but over time as well. As you change in life, the meaning of your work will change as well. This change is a wonderful way to see how you have grown and how powerful your photography can be when it supports you no matter what stage of life you are in or when you created the work.
Also, don’t forget that April 17-20 is the Photoshop Creativity Virtual Summit. A free week of classes on creativity and photoshop. You can register here if you like.

One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Nature verse nurture?
This week’s podcast is quick discussion about the impacts of nature verse nurture in our photography. Specifically, we jump into the importance of nurturing the best of what we do and not reinforcing the self-doubt and negative speak we all have bouncing inside our heads.
Also, don’t forget that April 17-20 is the Photoshop Creativity Virtual Summit. A free week of classes on creativity and photoshop. You can register here if you like.

One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
How do you know you are making progress on making more meaningful work?
Dennis, a good friend of mine, has been working on making more meaningful work in his photography. He sent in an interesting question for me to think about. He wanted to know how you know if you are on the path to making more meaningful work. How do you mark your progress? In this week’s podcast, I offer up my opinion on a couple of the most important ways we consider and think about the path to more personal and meaningful work.
Also, don’t forget that April 17-20 is the Photoshop Creativity Virtual Summit. A free week of classes on creativity and photoshop. You can register here if you like.

One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Listener Questions
In the podcast this week, we are diving into some listener questions that have come in over the past few months. I grabbed five of the most common or more interesting questions that have come in and share my two cents on them.
- Do I have a favorite paper to print with?
- Do I have any tips on staying motivated?
- What is the difference between reading a photograph and looking at a photograph?
- How do I deal with a challenging photograph?
- Do I have a best or favorite photograph?
Also don’t forget that April 17-20 is the Photoshop Creativity Virtual Summit. A free week of classes on creativity and photoshop. You can register here.

One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Insights from The Nature of Photographs
As I was organizing the bookshelf, I came across one of my favorite books on understand photographs, Stephen Shores The Nature of Photographs. If you haven’t had a chance to check out this book, it is well worth it. It is a simple read and very approachable.
In the book, Stephen talks about how to read and view photographs. He breaks this process down into the physical level (the print), the descriptive level (flatness, frame, time and focus), mental level, and mental modeling.
In this week’s podcast, I dive into a quick look at this book and how the impact of focus at the descriptive level can make a huge difference in your approach to your photographs.
If you need a copy of the book, I am sure your local bookstore or library will have a copy, or you can get a copy here from my affiliate link at the big A in the cloud.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Five cliches to help your photography
In the podcast this week, we take a look at five cliches that can make a difference in your photography. Any while cliches can be bad, these five are some great ways to shift your thinking and approach to photography at all the stages of working with images from creating to editing to viewing. I am sure there are many more that can apply as well, but for this week here are the five that made the cut.
- Rome wasn’t built in a day
- Don’t judge a book by it’s cover
- Can’t please everyone
- Good things come to those who wait
- I’m just mailing it in today
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Simple acts make all the difference
In this week’s podcast, I talk about how sometimes the simplest of acts can make a huge difference in the quality and meaning of our photography. Simple acts like micro-mediation breathing exercises, working with images that are upside down and backwards, or even focusing on how focus and clarity are different. No matter what small steps you try in your photography, sometimes it is the smallest acts that make the biggest difference.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Episode 415 Why do you photograph what you photograph?
I was recently asked why I do landscape photography. I thought it was an interesting question. A simple question really. But, as I started to answer, I realized that my answer went much deeper into the reason I create me work. In this week’s podcast, I talk about the importance of why we photograph what we photograph and how I answer the question of why I am a landscape photographer. Hopefully, after listening to this episode, you will spend some time to find a meaningful answer for yourself on why you photograph the things you photograph. .
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Episode 414 Continuing thoughts on AI in photography
Several months ago, I started to really think more and more about artificial intelligence and machine learning in photography. I did a podcast on it. Since that time, I have continued to think more an more about that form of art and how it is both good and different from light captured photography. In this week’s podcast, I continue to talk about the impacts on AI on photography and how it shifts our communication about photography; and how it, at its core, is different enough from photography that we need to continue to find language to describe the various approaches between the two forms. Not for understanding which is better, but rather to understand what each one actually does in our seeing of the world.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
The 10% rule in your photography
In this week’s podcast, we spend some time talking about how various aspects of our work and approach to photography as impacted by 10%. From an article years ago where Brooks Jensen talked about how we see a decrease of 10% in our selection of great images from 1000 to 100 to 10 to 1, I expand that idea to talk about how our approaches to seeing, thinking, and approaching our photography can be impacted by 10% in both good and bad ways.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Ep 412 Who judges who
In this week’s podcast, I dive a little into a method for evaluating photographs. In working with others, I have found that all of us can be overly critical of our work with no real rhyme or reason. So today, we focus on a few simple steps to evaluate images and how to be more effective at judging our work.
Questions like What did I do in the image, what would I do differently and how will I prepare next time are simple to understand and apply. Still, each offers a wealth of information about how we approach our photography and the works of others.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Ep 411 The importance of practice in photography
My good friend Ken Carlson was a lacrosse coach. In several of our conversations over the years, he has said that in his view the purpose of playing the game was to evaluate how well you practiced. The practice was the most important part of the process. Not the winning of a game, but rather how well did you prepare. In this week’s podcast, I dive a little into this topic and how it can be applied to our creative approach to photography. From working at a team to knowing what to practice and when, there is a lot to learn from looking at our images that matter or didn’t make the cut to see where we are doing well and were we need to practice more.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Ep 410 What are the best ways to come up with project ideas
In this week’s podcast, I talk about how projects ideas develop and what is the best method for working with and dealing with projects in your photography.
Also in the podcast this week, if you purchase a gallery print of mine from either the Alex Ferrone Gallery for the SAM Gallery, I’ll give you 10% off any workshop.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Ep 409 Quantity is the name of the game
In this week’s podcast, quantity is the name of the game. One of the best things you can do to improve your photography is to increase the amount of work you are creating. That increase in volume will give you more data points to understand some of the key elements of your work like voice, vision, signature and style.
Also in the podcast this week, if you purchase a gallery print of mine from either the Alex Ferrone Gallery for the SAM Gallery, I’ll give you 10% off any workshop.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Ep 408 Setting goals for 2023
After my traveling recording issues last week, I am back in the studio and have cut together a new intro and tacked on last weeks podcast to start the new year. So this should get us all caught back up on the schedule.
In this week’s podcast, I talk about how setting goals can help you keep focused and move your photography forward. In an effort to help you get some goal setting started, I dive a little into some common goals that I have seen work for myself and others. From making books, portfolios and projects to printing, classes, grant writing and meeting others, there is always something that you can set as a goal to help you keep engaged in your work in a meaningful way.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Ep 407 Thoughts on Points of View
This past week we have been traveling to see family. The big storm that came in caused our flight to be cancelled, and as a result, we are spending several more days with family in Las Vegas. In an effort to be a good users of energy, I shut down the studio when we left and didn’t feel like having the pet sitter take on the responsibility of powering the place back up. So I spent the day trying to figure out how to best record a podcasts for the week on my iPad and AirPods.
Well, the audio quality might not be the best, but this week’s podcast talks about how to think about the variety of ways to use point of view to tell your story and engage with your own process to make your photographs.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Ep 406 Some thoughts on titling your photographs
This week’s podcast is focused on titling your photographs and why and how that can impact our perception of the image, intention and experience of the work.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Ep 405 Explaining verse justifying your images and the importance of print storage
Two topics for this week’s podcast. The first is the difference between explaining your work and justifying your work. For many photographers, they end up making justifications for there images when they think they are explaining what the work is about. I also talk about the importance of storage boxes for your prints that you’re keeping and using in your practice.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Three things to clean up before the end of the year
As 2022 starts to draw to a close, it is a time to look back and reflect on the prior year. As photographers that means we should look back at the impact of our photography in our creative and non-creative aspects of life. In this week’s podcast, I toss out three areas to think about cleaning up before the start of the new year so that you can put your best foot forward for 2023.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
How to be a better speaker about your photographs
Speaking about your work can be a challenge. Sometimes we are insecure about our work. Maybe we are nervous about talking in public about our work. No matter what the reason is that you might feel challenged about speaking about your images, learning to talk about your photographs can not only help other understand your work better, but the process can make you a better photographer as well. The more you can speak to the why and what of your photographs, the more insights you photograph will have.
In this week’s podcast, I talk about how practicing your speaking, owning what you say and listening to others can have a major impact on your photographic process and experience.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Thoughts on working with your audience
It can take a lot of work to find and maintain an audience as a photographer. There are so many other photographers working and sharing work. So, how does one go about finding and using an audience? In this week’s podcast, I share some thoughts on how to use and work with your audience so that you can share your work and find more people who are engaged with your message.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Is it recognition that you seek in your photos or something else
This week’s podcast looks at the role of recognition in our photography. We often seek feedback and validation for our work and might seek this out from various places. We might post to social media for instant validation or maybe do a critique session to gain deeper insights. Along with those insights, I feel there is a desire to get recognition for our work and efforts. So join me this week for a quick look at the impacts of the reason and types of recognition we seek and the potential impact on our work.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Episode 400 and a thanks to the community
Today’s release is the 400th episode of the Perceptive Photographer. I started this little podcast 400 weeks ago and never thought I would be here today celebrating this milestone. As I looked back, I am most thankful for the community of listeners who tune in each week and listen to me ramble on about something that has caught my ear or attention. I never in a million years thought that this would grow into something more than just a little online spoken journal so from the bottom of my heart. Thanks so much for being part of the family. And now without further adieu, here is episode 400.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
The problem with clear and concise in photography
One of the significant challenges that many of us are brainwashed into thinking when photographing is that photography is about making a simple, clear, and concise photograph that checks all the boxes. One that meets the photographer’s intention is accepted by the viewer and meets all the criteria for what compositionally and processing-wise makes for a good image. We spin up all sorts of language that says if you follow these guidelines, use these tools, and process this way, you will have the foundation for making a good photo. However, art and creativity aren’t poorly constructed multiple-choice tests or true-false tests that do more to reveal the weakness of the test rather than the strength of the test taker. Great photographs are bound by clear and concise as the sole criteria. They are one way to view a photograph but not the only way to view it.
In this week’s podcast, we tackle the idea of being boxed into the notions that photographs are to be simple and concise to be good in an attempt to dispel the myth that images are best when they check the boxes when we aren’t even sure the boxes are correct.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Pushing against the resistance
Many times in our creative practice we might find ourselves at a road block of sorts. A spot where we are struggling to move forward with some aspect of our process. It can be easy to ignore those feelings and push away from that resistance or wall we are hitting. In this week’s podcast, I talk about how important it is to face the resistance and see if we can sort out the root cause of why we are so against some aspect of our work. In that search we may find out that what we are so against turns out to be an important ally or part of the puzzle we are putting together.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
All photographers need to return to the basics and a good pair of shoes
In this week’s podcast, I tackle two of the hardest topics for any photographer. If you follow these very simple steps, I promise that your photography will grown by leaps and bounds. So take a listen and learn how a comfortable pair of shoes and a return to the basics of your photography can set you free from the binds of bad f-stops and shutter speeds.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Do your photographs fit into your emotional buckets
My partner, Lori who runs Ritual Mischief, organizes her products by the emotional support they provide. That got me thinking about how we can create photographs that fit in to our emotional buckets. This week’s podcast explorers the idea of grouping photographs, not by subject or subject matter, but rather by emotional support or insight they provide.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Self-doubt and the value of getting your shot
Sometimes it is easy to get discouraged when looking at other people’s work. They already have the shot, not just because of their skill level, which can be a challenge. I know for myself, sometimes I start to plan out a trip or shoot and then only to come across a very similar image taken by someone else. It can be hard to keep the excitement and energy up to go out and make a photograph. Which, if I am honest with myself, often looks like those other images I have seen.
In the podcast this week, I dive into the importance of pushing through that self-doubt and continuing to make your photographs even when at times they seem like they might be copies of other images or you’re not sure what makes your image special. In the end, the work gives those who push through those feelings the best results possible. Great photos that are our photos.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Understanding a photograph by looking at its peers
When looking at a single image, it can be hard sometimes to understand the context for the image. Sure, there are photographs that stand out on their own, but in many cases, the single image is better understood from the photographs that surround it. This is true looking at contact sheets, or their digital equivalent, or a sequence on the wall,
In the podcast the week, we jump into some of the aspects to consider when looking at one image and how to balance the one photograph with the other images to tell both stories at a image level and essay level.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
What is normal anyway?
I recently heard someone say that looks normal. Now in a medical office, that might be a nice thing to hear. In the case of creating photographs, the thought of what is normal gave me pause. I started to wonder what is normal in a photograph? Do we want to even make normal photographs? What defines a normal photograph anyway?
In this week’s podcast, I dive into the notion of normal in photography and making photographs in an attempt to sort of what is normal and does it matter.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Time is the ultimate variable
In this week’s podcast, we explore a little more into the nature of time and how it impacts our photography. Not just in the images we make, but in our approach behind the camera, when to pick up the camera and how to balance the priority of photography in our lives.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
AI and the challenge of what it means to make art
In reading about a recent photo competition where the winner in the digital manipulation category used an AI engine to make the photograph before doing some light tweaks in Photoshop caused a big uproar, I got to thinking about the nature of what it means to make art and to that end meaningful art. In this week’s podcast, I spend some time discussing the nature of what it means to make art and some considerations for when we think about approaching the meaning and context of art in photography.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Is straight out of the camera important or even possible?
Episode 390
This week’s podcast focuses (pun intended) on the idea that straight out of the camera is somehow better than images that are processed after being taken. While I think getting it right in camera is critical to success as a photographer, the conversation to push images as being better or more accurate and faithful because they lack processing is missing a big part of the photographic process. We have always had some variation in getting a vision of our images that wasn’t just straight out of the camera. In the film days, this was often done before the camera via film selection and then again in printing the images. So as we think about straight out of the camera, it is an essential conversation for the photographic community to have about what that means and who does it serve when we view images.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
10 tips to kick up your creativity in your photography
Episode 389
In this week’s podcast, I share ten tips for making your photographic process more creative. I know the creative process can sometimes become a rut for myself and many of my friends. It can be easy to fall into a pattern of insanity, doing the same thing over and over again, wishing for more. I don’t think there is ever one magic tip that will work for everyone, so I have come up with ten ideas that will hopefully give you something to try if you feel like you can’t get out of first gear on your photographic process right now.
Here are the ten concepts to consider when looking to jump-start the creative day.
- Follow the breadcrumbs (notice what keeps showing up in your space)
- A big sheet of paper brainstorming session
- Shapes and things brainstorming session
- Collect things
- Color your world
- Relax
- Seek out inspiration
- Set boundaries
- Embrace failure
- Embrace crazy
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Is simple always good in photography?
Episode 388
One of the many challenges that I think many of us face with our photographic practice is our relationship to the concepts of simple. Simple is challenging to master. Complicated is easy. It is easy to get caught up in the weeds that we miss out on much of our process. it is easy to think that something is more than it is.
Yet, we can misspeak and say something is simple for simplicity or something minimal is simplistic or straightforward. I often hear people wanting to do minimalism in their work only to discover that simple doesn’t mean that it is minimal. A simplistic image isn’t a minimalist image. And, as I have discussed on another podcast, you don’t get points for doing things the hard way.
In this week’s podcast, I talk about how your relationship with simple can drastically change your approach to your work behind the camera, staying organized, or enjoying your time more. There is nothing worse than making things complicated for no reason.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
The power of two & working with diptychs
Episode 387
Much of what is talked about in making good photography is storytelling. Every picture tells a story. And while that might be true, it doesn’t mean every picture tells a good story. More importantly, it doesn’t mean every story can be said in a single image.
In this week’s podcast, we talk about how editing and selecting images for diptychs or triptychs can make for more interesting work and boost your creativity in approaching your work.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
How much does that photograph cost?
Episode 386
One of the main topics that seems to come up repeatedly is pricing your photographs to sell. For some jobs, that price is set for the payment for a given size image in a publication. Those “guidelines” are set by publication distribution size, cost, and audience. Other prices are set by the market rate, experience, pressure, or other variables. You can find a free wedding photographer or one that will cost $10,000 and everything in-between. With so much variation in pricing, what is a photographer to do?
I am always happy to share my thoughts and opinions at my printing workshops and when the topic comes up. Each of us who sells our photography has to develop a model that works for our buyers and us. That isn’t always as easy or obvious as it seems. Again, with so many ways to think about pricing, how do we develop something that works?
In this week’s podcast, I share some thoughts on pricing your work and selling your work as art for the wall. Rather than focusing on what to price, I’ll share with you some of the key things to consider when pricing your work and taking those first steps.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Has digital really changed photography that much?
Episode 385
I recently was at a friend’s house and was talking with someone I had never met before. As the conversation often does, I was asked what I do for a living. I said I was a photographer. That led to a series of common questions about what I photograph, photographers they like that I might know, and how to use their phone better. Eventually, I got asked a really interesting question. The questions were actually pretty common, but what surprised me was my answer this time. The question was, how has photography changed with digital.
Normally when I get asked about film and digital, I talk about the darkroom days being less and less easy to find, changes in media, or how the industry has shifted. I might tell a story about how I used to work versus how I work today. This time I had a very quick response that could have been seen as tongue in cheek, but in the end, it seemed to be an answer that really resonated in the conversation. After all, a story is a story, and light is light.
This week’s podcast talks about my answer to this wonderful question and how I have evolved over time as a photographer to land on what I think is a great way to think about how we all deal with changes in the photographic industry.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
What defines a great print in photography?
Episode 384
I was listening to some people talk about different photographs at a gallery. One point they discussed was what makes a great photographic print. One of them said that because art (vis-a-vee the print) was subjective, so you couldn’t define it. The other person was adamant that you could say what made a good print or not. Of course, I am glad they weren’t trying to define good art, as that really is subjective.
For many photographers who are starting their printing journey, much of the joy comes from the printer making prints that sort of looking like the screen. But as your skills evolve, there comes the point where making a good print turns into a significant print. There are some criteria we can use to evaluate one print from another. We look at some criteria when judging the quality of a print or reproduction. Anyone who has ever examined their work in print and then in a magazine or book knows that print quality varies.
I also think that most of us can agree that the quality of the image is enhanced with better printing, but not the only criteria we use to judge a photograph as good or not.
This week’s podcast touches on the criteria we can use to judge the quality of a photographic print and how to talk about those qualities in a meaningful way.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Photography and the expression of idea
Episode 383
One of the purposes of language is used to express ideas and share observations. The visual language of photography is no different. It is about expressing the ideas and feelings behind the camera. For many photographers, this can prove to be a significant challenge.
Many photographers have developed routines for unconscious biases towards what makes a good photograph. Images need to be a certain something to be good. They need to be in focus, centered, color, or some other arbitrary assumption of good. This twisted logic of what is required for a photograph to be good can get in the way of the meaning needed for the photograph to communicate effectively. What if what you have to say needs to be blurry. What if it needs to be underexposed. Is the need to communicate effectively more important than need to photograph to a unrealistic standard.
In this week’s podcast, we talk about the importance of language to express ideas and how our own constructs of what makes a photograph “good” can get in the way of making an effective image.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Improv and the value of yes, and
Episode 382
Improv is a fun time and a great set of skills to develop. There are several exercises and playful ways to approach improv. One of the most well-known concepts is that you never shut down a conversation. To keep improv flowing, you need to extend and reach forward. At the heart of that is the notion of the yes, and. When someone starts a conversation or says something outlandish, you begin your statement with a yes, and… For example, if I ask, did you know that fish are one of the most common animals to walk on land? Your reply would not be no, they swim in the water. Your reply would be something that was Yes, and they are also easy to catch and release at the park. The idea is that you invite the conversation to continue.
In photography, this idea can push us in new directions and try new things. By focusing on what is interesting about the thing in front of the camera versus finding something interesting to photograph, you open yourself up to a new way of seeing. In this week’s podcast, the lessons of improv and focusing on using the yes AND can make a huge difference in your mental approach to taking new and more exciting images.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Comfort food verse new food as an approach to your photography
Episode 381
I have several restaurants I like to eat at where there is something on the menu that I love. I order it every time I go out to eat. Sure the wait staff will read me the specials or talk about what is new on the menu, but I always get the same thing. I know that it is good and I know that I’ll like it. My rationale is that I won’t be disappointed if I order something else that isn’t as good as my comfort food order. As a result, I miss out on a lot of chances to try other great food.
In photography, it can be easy to fall into this same trap. We go out to take photographs and make the easy comfortable shot. The shot that we know will have good composition, framing and light. It shows our skills and a little something of what we had in mind. It is good and safe. The issue with that approach is that we don’t end up growing or making great photographs. We are only making images that we find easy and safe.
In this week’s podcast, I talk about how always ordering your comfort food when taking a picture can result in you taking uninspired and boring images over and over again.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Value of forgetting things
Episode 380
There is a great quote by D.T. Suzuki.
One has not understood until one has forgotten it
In this week’s podcast, we take a look at that quote and how it can shape our approach to making more meaningful work.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
The lure of instant gratification
Episode 379
Carrie Fisher has a great quote, “Instant gratification takes too long.” In this week’s podcast, we dive into the impacts of instant gratification on the making of meaningful photographs. From overly relying on the back to the camera to software that automates much of our processing, it is easy to get trapped into the notion that having our initial desires met means that our purpose in our photography was also completed. Over the course of looking at photographs and thinking about what our work means, we can often find a deeper connection to our work.
Delaying gratification doesn’t mean that we can’t at the moment react to something unique developing before our eyes, but rather it allows for the room for both surprise and purpose to be a part of the process.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Research to make more meaningful images
Episode 378
I was recently asked if I use the app Photo Pill to do my photography research. While I love Photo Pills and use it and recommend it all the time, it is not my primary research tool. I often spend time looking at books, websites, movies, and podcasts that can give me insights into the non-photographic aspects of a place. It is the history, culture, backgrounds and other aspects of a location or person that feed the soul to help me understand the why I make my photographs of place.
This week’s podcast looks at the impacts of research before we go and take a photograph. Using that research to connect and find what resonates with us can allow us to create a more meaningful image.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Listener questions on how to improve quickly and when the subject is the light
Episode 377
In the podcast this week we focus on two questions from listeners. The first question is about how fast one can improve in photography, and the second question focuses on how to make (or in the case of my answer not make something the subject) light or color the subject of your photograph.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Can we tell if you are upset?
Episode 376
One of the more interesting questions I get asked about during a critique typically deals with intention. Can you understand the intention of the photographer? Can you understand why they took a photograph? In many cases, I am not sure you can. I am often left wondering what the photographer is saying in those instances. I do believe that when we are creating our work, our real work, we are putting what matters to us into the work. In this podcast, I discuss the importance of making sure your conflicts, passions, and things you stand for appear in your work. Not everything has to make a statement or incite conflict, but you should know what to say about it when it does.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Conversation starters
Episode 375
This week’s podcast is focused on the importance of conversations in our work. Conversations and conversing is an art in itself. I suspect that the better we are at conversations, the better we are at making interesting work. I have several friends who are great a conversing, They seem to slip in and out of topics with ease. They can talk to anyone about anything. The one thing those people have in common is that they leave the ego at the door. They converse to learn about others and their experiences rather than focus on their own experiences. It has got me thinking about about my photography and wondering if we shifted our conversations could we make more interesting work?
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
You can’t please everyone
Episode 374
I have been given a number of great quotes over the past few weeks. Many of the quotes have been nice, and I have since forgotten them. Two of them, however, have really stuck with me. They have seemed to come up again and again both as I was working on some new class content and editing some of my recent work. They are both Buddhist quotes and I have no idea who the source of the quote, but I have them in my notebooks and can’t stop thinking about them.
I lost myself trying to please everyone else. Now I’m losing everyone while I’m finding myself.
You are not responsible for the versions of you that exist in other people’s minds.
This week’s podcast takes a look at these two quotes and how they impact our approach to our photography and our creative living. There is no doubt that many of us will have doubts in our work at some point. I think one of the biggest doubts comes from owning your own artistic approach and way of seeing. It is hard to not chase the latest trend and do things your way. But you can’t be who you are if you are trying to be someone else, and you can’t create your work if you are always trying to please someone else.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
The making of a one hit wonder
Episode 373
I was rocking out to the car radio the other day. A few songs came on back-to-back. They were huge songs when I was in college. They played in every bar, dance club and seemed to be on a permanent solo rotation on the radio. I got curious what happened to those bands because these songs were the only ones I could remember. As it turns out most of them went on to make a few albums, but that one hit was the one hit.
I started to look back at my images with that thought in mind. Do I only have one good photograph? Am I just a one-hit wonder. Would it be bad to be a one hit wonder? At least you got a hit.
This week’s podcast dips its toe into the swimming pool of the one hit wonder. Is it bad to have only one hit? Would it be better to have a long career with no hits than a short one with one? What does a one hit wonder even mean in photography? We dive into these questions in an attempt to sort out the question of is making a great photograph, even if it is the only one that is looked at it over and over again, better than a lot of near misses.
If you want to participate in the Photoshop Virtual Summit 4, you can register for your free pass using the link below.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
What is photography about?
Episode 372
I think one of the more interesting aspects of photograph is what it represents to different people. When I am taking a class or teaching a class, I often have engaged in a spirited discussion with others about the nature of photography and good photography. If I was to ask you what your photograph is about, you might often tell me what type of photographs you make by subject, subject matter, or concept. However, does telling someone what you photograph actually tell them what your photography is about.
This week’s podcast dives into the topic of what photography is about. By looking at some of the key elements that make up a photography or concepts in a photograph, I argue that photography is actually about the life lived by the photographer and not a moment of light, gesture or gear. It is who we are in that movement we click the shutter that defines what photography is all about.
If you want to participate in the Photoshop Virtual Summit 4, you can register for your free pass using the link below.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Dealing with choices
Episode 371
This week’s podcast talks about the conditions that arise when we are left with too many choices and the impacts on our work
If you want to participate in the Photoshop Virtual Summit 4, you can register for your free pass using the link below.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Instant successes decades in the making
Episode 370
Some people hit it out of the park from the very first day. Others, many of us others, seem to be on a long road to success. Rather than having a jump start right out of the gate, it can feel like we are forever climbing the hills and dropping into the valleys on our photographic journey. The shinny light of success always seems just over the next hill.
This week’s podcast talks about how sometimes an instant success to someone can seem like a long slow journey to the person making it. It is better to be a instant hit or travel the longer journey? No matter your path, there is something to be said about staying on the journey and seeing where the road takes you.
If you want to participate in the Photoshop Virtual Summit 4, you can register for your free pass using the link below.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Lessons from bird watching to improve your photography
Episode 369
Photographers can learn a lot from bird watchers. Bird watchers don’t worry about what other birds someone has seen. Do you think a bird watcher says, “Oh well, someone has already seen a great flamingo? So there is no sense in me seeing one of those. That boat has sailed. No bird watchers watch birds because they love birds. Photographers should be more like bird watchers.
When we first start photography, we will try anything and do anything. Then we learn what a “good” photograph is and begin to replicate those ideas and only those ideas. We then learn to break the rules to be a good photographer. We start to look for new angles, content, subjects, and points of view, all to be unique. But maybe we should be more like bird watchers and just look at the birds and not worry about what it means to like one type of bird over another, but instead, just enjoy our bird watching.
This week’s podcast talks about some photographic lessons learned from listening to bird watchers. They reminded me that we find love in photography at the end of the photographic day because we love what we photograph. The way we see through the lens and not because it is a set of rules to follow or not follow. After all, just because you have seen one eagle doesn’t mean you have seen them all.
If you want to participate in the Photoshop Virtual Summit 4, you can register for your free pass using the link below.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Pick one thing to focus on in your work
Episode 368
I was looking at some images I recently took on a hiking trip. As much as I wanted to like the photos, there was just nothing for my eye to land on in the image. It was a chaotic mess of lines, shapes, and textures. Everything was sharp, but nothing was in focus too much of everything. That image got me thinking about when approaching the making of an image. How do we decide on the point of focus, and what does focus mean and do in an image.
In the podcast this week, the focus is, well, focus. I talk about how we approach our work and what it can do to our process when we get a handle on both camera focus and other forms of focus.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
What makes a basic photograph interesting?
Episode 367
I have been preparing for several classes and workshops these past few weeks. One theme that has come up, again and again, is the principle of what defines interest in a photograph. Not good, flawed, sellable or not, but interesting. As I got to looking at many different images, I began to think about some of the common elements that make a photograph interesting to view. Again, this may not be about making a good photograph, but rather a picture that holds my interest and thus time in looking at the images. If you can make an image that holds my interest and makes me look longer and deeper into the image, you likely have a keeper.
In the podcast this week, I talk about the importance of seeing and framing elements in your images to make them more interesting both at first glance and at the same time offer a more profound discovery the more you look at them.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Blurry and sharp in your photography
Episode 366
In this week’s podcast, we dive into how blurry and sharp are both important elements to have in making successful images.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Why you need I statements in your work
Episode 365
One of the biggest mistakes I see when I am working with a critique is the use of statements as facts in an image. Statements such as that person looks angry, or that is a interesting color choice. The statements are put into the context of the photo as if the photo is responding. Rather than focusing on what the photo is doing, it is important to focus on how we are responding to the image. The best way to do this is by using statements that start with I and focus on your reaction to the image. So rather than that is an isolated and lonely landscape, you might say I feel isolated when I look at that tree in the landscape. In this week’s podcast, I talk about how one single change in your language can make a huge difference in the conversations you have about your work.
Don’t for get to check out the the workshops I am teaching this year. You can register for up on my site at www.danieljgregory.com.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Well it has been 7 years since this all started
Episode 364
Well I started this podcast seven years ago. I didn’t have a clue then how to make a podcast, and some would argue I haven’t learned much about it in sevens years. I know for me it has be been a grand adventure sharing what my everyday work and struggles are as a working photographer. No matter if you only listen once or every week, I am truly touched that you would come along with me for this journey.
In this week’s podcast, in addition to talking about a little podcast history and the importance of photography in our lives, I also detail out some of the workshops I am teaching this year that you can register for up on my site at www.danieljgregory.com.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Sense of wonder or obligation
Episode 363
When you approach your photography do you do it from a sense of awe and wonder or obligation for making new work. In this week’s podcast, we take a look at the difference it can make in your images when you do them because you are in awe of the subject.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Two task challenge week
Episode 362
This week on the podcast is about two big challenges for your photography work. They are both super easy to take on, but each offers up a chance to learn about your work and build a connection to your community. So take a listen to this short episode and see if you are up for the challenge to be thankful and create more than you consume in your photography.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Are facts destroying your creativity?
Episode 361
So much of how we talk about photographs is fact-based. We talk about the accuracy of an image, the correctness of a composition, or the ideal settings to use. The risk of talking about photographs as facts is that it can cause us to fall into bad habits and traps. It can also lead us to miss out on the most important part of a creative journey which is sharing our experiences, emotions, feelings, and ideas in our work.
In the podcast this week, the focus is all on how focusing on facts of your photography might be limiting your approach to your photography.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Where do you put your time?
Episode 360
There is something to be said about how you spend your time on things. While not always the case, the more time you spend on something can be an indicator of what is important to you. Or, maybe the outcome of that time is what is important to you. For example, you might spend a lot of time working so that you can have the outcome of a paycheck. The work might not be important but the paycheck is. In photography, there are a lot of ways to spend our time. We can spend time planning, shooting, editing, processing, viewing, and worrying about images. Each has a place and time, but spending too much time in the wrong areas can be a problem.
In the podcast this week, I dive into the areas where you might spend your time as it relates to your photography and photographic process in an effort to help figure out if we are spending our time the best way possible.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Who is your audience?
Episode 359
One of the biggest challenges many of us face in our photography is sorting out where and who to show our work. Finding our peeps or audience can be a challenge. That challenge can be clouded by ego, confusion, and misidentification. However, once we understand who our audience is, our shared photography can reach and be appreciated by our community.
In the podcast this week, I talk about how some considerations for thinking about and identifying your target audience based on not only your interest in the things you photograph but your communities interest too.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
How am I today and how do I want to be?
Episode 358
A friend of mine recently told me about how he approaches journaling each morning. He starts off by writing about where he is today. Doesn’t matter if good or bad. He just notes how he feels. He then writes down how he wants to be that day. Maybe he writes about being open and receptive, or creative or sad. Doesn’t really matter what he writes, he just notes how he wants to be that day.
In the podcast this week, I talk about how approaching our photography by thinking about how I am and how I want to be can make a difference in the type and quality of work we create.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Taking a moment to honor your images before you delete them
Episode 357
In this episode of the Perceptive Photographer podcast, we dive into a new way of approaching the deletion of our images. I was asked by a friend how I approach deleting my images. We chatted about deleting the bad ones, duplicates, etc. In the course of that conversation, it occurred to me that these things that I was deleting or gear that I was selling all had value at one point. Maybe I learned something about technique from the bad photograph. Maybe I learned how to see better behind the camera. It was at that moment that I realized that we should take a moment and honor the things we get rid of or delete for what they taught up no matter how small. That maybe by changing our language from bad means delete to honored and then deleted might change how we approach our mental health in our creative work.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
A wish for all of us in 2022
Episode 356
With the turn of a day, it is now 2022. I hope you are having a good start to the new year. This week’s podcast is a quick chat about something that I hope we can all do in 2022 for our own work and the work of others. I don’t think it will always be easy, but I do think it can make us a better photographic community.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Some listener questions to end 2021
Episode 355
As we close out 2021 and look forward to 2022, we close out the podcast talking about a few listener questions that have been sent in over the past few months. As you will hear, in many cases, I think oftentimes we are asking the wrong question to begin with.
- How to pick photographers to follow?
- How do I get in a gallery or what galleries should I focus on?
- What is the right way to setup a printer?
- What do you do when left uninspired?
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
On our photographic journey a few little things to pick up along the way
Episode 354
In our adventure as photographers, there are so many little twists and turns. Some of them are good and some are nothing more than a distraction. In this week’s podcast, we talk about five little things to consider as we approach the end of the year that might make a difference in our photography in 2022.
- Pick your head up and see where you are going
- Celebrate something you did or didn’t do
- Pick something to give up in 2022 that takes away your energy
- Find your peeps
- Center yourself so you can see what is in front of you
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Feeling verse knowing is huge in your photography
Episode 353
A poet is somebody who feels, and who expresses his feelings through words.A poet is somebody who feels, and who expresses his feelings through words.
This may sound easy. It isn’t.
A lot of people think or believe or know they feel — but that’s thinking or believing or knowing; not feeling. And poetry is feeling — not knowing or believing or thinking.
Almost anybody can learn to think or believe or know, but not a single human being can be taught to feel. Why? Because whenever you think or you believe or you know, you’re a lot of other people: but the moment you feel, you’re nobody-but-yourself.
To be nobody-but-yourself — in a world which is doing its best, night and day, to make you everybody else — means to fight the hardest battle which any human being can fight; and never stop fighting.
e.e. cummings
In this episode, we dive into the importance of understanding that what makes our photography meaningful, honest and ours is our feelings and how they relate to the things we photograph. Doesn’t matter if we love it, hate it, or are unsure about it. Whatever it is, you better make sure you know how you feel if you want to make a meaningful photograph.
Check out our sponsor Silly Dog Studios Herbal Studio for your holiday shopping. using Podcast10 can save you 10% until December 17, 2021.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Meaning relationships and the impact on the photograph
Episode 352
Related
connected by reason of established or discoverable relation
Relation
quality that connects two or more things as beloing or working together
In this episode, I talk about how to approach your photographs as a group of interconnected elements focusing on not just what the object is or looks like but how it relates to everything else in the frame. Many times in photography, we can focus on one aspect of an image but as the saying goes, we are responsible for everything in the image. By focusing on how one aspect of a photograph relates to another might provide a unique way of both reading photographs and seeing images behind the camera.
Check out our sponsor Silly Dog Studios Herbal Studio for your holiday shopping. using Podcast10 can save you 10% until December 17, 2021.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
What’s the purpose for the picture?
Episode 351
In this week’s episode, I dive into the importance of understanding your purpose when making a photograph. There are a host of reasons to take a photo, but understanding the reason you are making one will help you critique your images, organize your images and be successful behind the camera. Just like making sure you have the right lens on the camera for the images you want to make, having the understanding of your purpose can make sure the little details fall into place.
Check out our sponsor Silly Dog Studios Herbal Studio for your holiday shopping. using Podcast10 can save you 10% until December 17, 2021.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
How you group images can really change things
Episode 350
There are so many ways to think about grouping photographs and programs like Lightroom or Capture One can make it easier. Although those programs sort of force a method for looking at times, there are other options for grouping and associating our work. In this week’s podcast, I talk about some of the approaches to grouping your images that might open up some creative ideas or concepts that you hadn’t considered before in your work.
Check out our sponsor Silly Dog Studios Herbal Studio for your holiday shopping.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
It’s all been done before…
Episode 349
I recently got emailed a question about finding and shooting unique things in photography and if that is important. I, of course, think that uniqueness in photography is essential, but not the subject matter or subject. At this point, most of what is photographed has been photographed as a subject, subject matter, or concept before.
However, I believe that this sort of problem isn’t a problem at all. In many ways, the fact that it’s all been done before is worth celebrating. In this week’s podcast, I spend a little time talking about the importance of appreciating that what we are doing when we photograph is extending the conversations, responding to discussions and generating new ideas by combining influences and ideas. Rather than seeking out the new, we should instead focus on the newness that comes from seeing what has been done and how we respond to that when making our photographs.
Check out our sponsor Silly Dog Studios Herbal Studio for your holiday shopping.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
The notion of sequencing images
Episode 348
Sometimes you get a great image. You print it and hang it on the wall. Other times, you have a collection of images that you want to pull together for a collection, show, or book. Anyone who has tried to pull multiple images together knows that there is an art to that process. It seems easy but never is.
In this week’s podcast, I talk a little be more about how to think about sequencing your images into an essay or story. What sort of considerations to make before, during, and after the process. I also step onto the soapbox a bit about how we view and understand this broader collection of images and how they impact our understanding not just of the series, but the individual building blocks and reactions to work.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Thinking about the defining moment
Episode 347
In photography, we often talk about the notion of the decisive moment. That idea that all the elements of form, frame, composition, and gesture all come together in a complete image. There is the flash of time where everything is in alignment.
I believe there is also something else in photography that is equally if not more important. The idea of a defining moment. A moment in your photography or life that fundamentally alters your thinking and approach to photography. In this week’s podcast, I talk a little about how recognizing your defining moments in photography might be more important than your decisive moments behind the camera.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
What do you collect?
Episode 346
We all collect stuff. Some of us embrace our collections and proudly display them for others to see. Other collections are more personal and private. In the game of photography, there are lots of distractions we can collect that keep us from achieving our goals. I am sure if you look around your photography space, you will see too much of some things you have collected and not enough of others. This idea of collecting has got me thinking about how we approach not just our physical collections but mental collections.
In this week’s podcast, I discuss the impacts of what we collect in our photography and photographic processes. For many of us, I am sure we collect good things, but I am also sure that we collect a lot of things we wish we could or would get rid of.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Memory is a powerful thing in photography
Episode 345
One of the criteria we can use to judge our own photographs is does this image match my memory of the thing I photographed? A photograph is a record of something just like our memory. Many times, I think we use this criteria as a way to evaluate our images. Does is match? If yes the photograph is good, and if not, the photograph is lacking.
In this week’s podcast, we jump into the notion of memory and how it can impact our understanding of how we view an image. I also talk about how to find a better awareness of the impact of memory in our process behind the camera so that, if we are lucky, we come home with better photographs.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Revisiting the contact sheets
Episode 344
If you haven’t taken the time to make a contact sheet, you should. They are worth their weight in gold. Many people think the contact sheet is used to select your best photograph to edit or enlarge, but I also think contacts teach you something about your approach to photographs and time behind the camera. The contact sheet lets you see how your vision unfolds and how the world you experience through the viewfinder says something about you. In this week’s podcast, we dive in to the value of making and using contacts sheets to better understand not just the great images you might make, but all the images you make.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Get your Photoshop Virtual Summit Pass Here!
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Subtle Nuances
Episode 343
Have you ever had a good glass of wine where you could taste the subtle notes of flavor? Maybe it was in a cup of coffee or something you cooked. That little sensation of blueberries, mint, rosemary, or plum. It is out there waiting to be discovered and enhance our pleasure eating or drinking. Photography has that same experience. There are little notes of flavor in composition, framing, and editing. In this week’s podcast, we dive into the world of notes, spices and taste sensations in photography and examine how important it is to see, taste, and experience those small variations in seeing the image.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Get your Photoshop Virtual Summit Pass Here!
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Clarity is not just a slider in Lightroom
Episode 342
This week’s podcast takes a look at how clarity can impact our photography from before the shutter clicks to after the print is made.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Get your Photoshop Virtual Summit Pass Here!
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
It is time for a reboot?
Episode 341
Have you turned it off and on again? This was a common question when I was in IT for 20 years. Often times starting over again with a clean reboot fixed a lot of issues. In some cases, when the issues came back, it could tell us of a systemic issue verse a random out-of-the-air issue. In the case of our photography, sometimes when we have a problem with what we are doing, a reboot can make things better. In this week’s podcast, I talk about how rebooting parts of your photography can help you let go of the past and issues that no longer work and focus on a better tomorrow.
Get your Photoshop Virtual Summit Pass Here!
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Listen to tell a better story in your photography
Episode 340
In this week’s podcast, we take a note from the quote by Twain and how we might apply the concepts behind that quote to make a better photograph. Much of photography is about telling a story in our images. If we start telling a story before we know what we want to say, we might make uninteresting work. However, by listening to others tell stories and the stories we tell, we might be able to better apply the storytelling skills to our work. The long and short of it is that we should talk a little less and listen a little more both behind the camera and not.
It is better to keep your mouth closed and let people think you are a fool than to open it and remove all doubt.
Mark Twain
Get your Photoshop Virtual Summit Pass Here!
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
Increasing your satisfaction with your images
Episode 339
In this week’s podcast, we dive into some ideas around how to increase the success rate behind the camera so that you have more images to work with on your various projects. For many of us, coming home from a shoot with lots of photographs can be a challenge to sort and work with in a meaningful way. Having a plan and idea of what matters, awareness behind the camera, and organizing around multiple concepts can all lead to better success in our images. I hope that with some of the ideas presented this week, you can find your work behind the camera quickly starts to meet your expectations for what you wanted when you pressed the shutter.
Get your Photoshop Virtual Summit Pass Here!
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
The process is part of your inspiration
Episode 338
I have heard, more times than I can count, that inspiration is a magic gift from the beyond that moves and shakes up to create amazing things. I am on the other end of the spectrum where I think inspiration comes from the work. What we might think of as a eureka idea actually has been there all along we just haven’t been listening closely enough.
In that work of inspiration, I have realized how much the process that I am following will contribute to my sense of being inspired. Doesn’t matter if it is analog or digital, print or projection, the process that allows me to get what I want out of my images is important to my sense of seeing, telling, and sharing.
In this week’s podcast, I talk about how the things we create and are inspired to create are often a result of the process we follow both behind the camera and in the editing.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
One of the questions I get asked frequently is what sort of equipment do I use to record my podcast. I have used a variety of equipment in the years that I have been recording, but here is the current list of equipment that I am using. Also as an FYI and full disclosure, the links are affiliate links to Amazon.
If your settings on your camera are “correct” does that mean all the other options are incorrect?
Episode 337
I received an email asking me about the correct settings to use when photographing something. I quickly replied back with my opinion and some commonly used settings that we might do when approaching the type of work they mentioned. Afterwards, I got to really thinking about the idea and impact of the correct settings on creating interesting work. Does the notion of a single correct setting subtly or overtly make all other settings incorrect?
In this week’s podcast, I take a leap off the high bar and discuss the impacts of how our language of correct or incorrect can have on our seeing, photographing and sharing of photographs. By the end of the podcast, I hope that you will give some thought to how a small change in what you say might really impact your work.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Can I quote you on that?
Episode 336
There was a game we used to play back in at a company I worked at. Several of us worked in a common open area. Work was slow at times, so we would have entire conversations that had to be movie quotes. The only rules were had to be a quote and someone had to guess the quote. Now, I didn’t say it was a good game, but it passed the time.
I have wondered sometimes looking back at those more famous quotes from movies and thinking about how those little collections of words could stick in our brains like that. Could that be something that happens in our photography? Does the work we create that same memory pathway? Could someone, anyone, look at our work and keep it quotable?
In this week’s podcast, we take a look at the idea that some of our photographs might just be quotable.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Art of the metaphor
Episode 335
One of the challenges that we photographers face is that our work isn’t what we photograph but rather what that image represents. We see a tree and photograph the tree. In our seeing, that tree is something else. It might be a person, face, galaxy, love, empathy, or joy. The object of our affection is really about the relationship we have to something else.
In this week’s podcast, we take a look at the notion of the metaphor to understand our work and find more meaning in the images we create, share and see from others.
Source info Grammarly’s blog, Merriman-Webster Dictionary and Reedsy Metaphor Examples.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Everybody loves a parfait. Peeling back the layers on a meaningful conversation
Episode 334
One challenge I believe that many of us face when sharing our work is having a conversation about the work rather than about technical aspects of the work. For many people, the basic what is it, what f/stop type questions are a starting point. Maybe they don’t know what to ask about the work or have the words to ask so they ask what they know. We, as photographers, answer the question and then move. Both parties leave frustrated not having the dialog they wanted.
In this week’s podcast, I talk about how asking questions to questions, not in an arrogant annoying sort of way can help move the conversation in a more interesting direction and help everyone have a better conversation about their photography and the work of others.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Footnotes and endnotes Episode One
Episode 333
We are trying out a new segment for the podcast called footnotes and endnotes. This segment is a collection of small random thoughts I have in my notebooks and conversations that rather than stretch into a longer podcast where I might get a little redundant I rapidly cover each topic in a few minutes.
This week’s podcast covers ordering off-menu, hard being easy and simple being hard, buzzwords and discounting your efforts and work. As always thanks for checking out the podcast and hope you have a great creative week.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Being more successful by doing nothing
Episode 332
In the movie Office Space the main character has a goal to do nothing as a successful job. At one point, he has a day where he does nothing and says it was everything he hoped it would be. Our photography can be a lot like the movie. It becomes easy to define success as series of tasks or skills to accomplish, but our photography is more than just a set of tasks. In this week’s podcast, we take a look at the ideas around success and how doing nothing might make you the most successful photographer you can be.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Why do you care what other people photograph and why bash on them?
Episode 331
I have heard over the past several weeks’ other photographers talking about other people’s photographs. What caught my ear was how critical these photographers were of people’s subject selection, the commonness of the subject, or general bashing of the image as been there done that. I found it interesting that these photographers couldn’t see past their own same shortcomings in their conversations and were in some cases downright mean. This week’s podcast takes a hard look at what that conversion is about and how we can find a better way to talk about photographs.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Change your thinking not your settings
Episode 330
I often hear people talk about or suggest the proper settings for your camera to make good photographs. You might also find people who are suggesting the proper methods to edit your photographs for maximum impact. In this week’s podcast, we take a look at that approach and discuss how more times than not, taking or editing a good photograph requires you to think more about your approach to the photograph than the settings in the camera or software.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
What’s the rush?
How do the spaces we work in and frames we create overlap?
Episode 328
We all have places we work on editing our photographs. It might be a dedicated studio or room in the house, and for others, it might be a shared desk in the kitchen. In this week’s podcast, I talk about how setting up your space to work is similar to how you might approach working on a photograph behind the camera. I also talk about how getting a space set up to reflect your personality can make all the difference in editing. So no matter how big or small, private or shared, your space is making it about your photography will be a good thing.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Focus on the ripples in your pond
Episode 327
In this week’s podcast, I talk about how the work we make is all about the small details and impacts. Like ripples in a pond you never know how big of impact something you do might be but obsessing about how big the impact is or should be can lead to a dark creative place. Much of the work we do in art isn’t about major groundshaking events, it is in the smallest moments.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Does our style shift when working on different photographic projects
Episode 326
In this week’s podcast, we take a look at the question of does our style change when we change what we photograph or is our style consistent. I was asked recently if our style changes all the time based on what we photograph. They gave the example of black and white landscapes verse color fashion photography each being of interest but having a completely different look and approach. I thought it was a great question to tackle this week.
For many of us, our core style will always be there in an image, no matter what. The core style of who we are shows up in those images. We might change projects or shift approaches, but there are core elements to our style that seep through the work even if we change mediums and format. This isn’t to say that our style doesn’t evolve and change as it is constantly updated and molded as we live our life. In some cases, after a major event or awareness type event, our style might dramatically shift, but at the core of that style is still who we are as a person. As long as we are authentic to who we are, the style will be there no matter how different the images might, on the surface, appear. Digging a little deeper into the images might just show how much of your style is there all along.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Stuck in neutral and the sense of going nowhere
Episode 325
There are times that everyone faces in their photography when you feel like things are going nowhere. Maybe you are spending more money than you wanted or time than you have on things you don’t need or want to do. The longer we spend on photography, the less time and energy we have to do photography.
I imagine that each one of us has that thing that got us into photography that we really loved doing. Taking pictures of family, spending time with other photographers or experimenting with an idea. Over time those basic joys are overtaken by the “need to be good” at photography. This week we take a look at how the work can get in the way of the work.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
How important is accuracy in a photograph?
Episode 324
In this week’s podcast, I take a quick look at the notion of accuracy in a photograph. Each photograph has a given set of attributes that we respond to when we look at the image. In critiquing work, there is often a sense of correctness to those decisions behind the camera. In the discussion this week, I challenge the idea that there is one accurate way to create and respond to the photograph and offer suggestions on how to approach our response to images.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
The value of ideas that are both easy and hard
Episode 323
In this week’s podcast, we talk about the duality of many of the concepts and ideas that we might face when making photographs. We look at how ideas can be both easy and hard or how expectations can be both meet and disappointing. As we face this dual nature of many aspects in our photography, how to ultimately choose to use that duality to make more interesting photographs is a question I think we all must face.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Of course, you shouldn’t know that…
Episode 322
This week’s podcast looks at how we learn things and the language we use to describe ourselves when we don’t know something and the impact of making more positive statements. There are numerous times in my conversations with myself throughout the day that aren’t always positive. I have found that being critical of myself for things that I shouldn’t impact my creative conversations. So this week, I dive into the ideas of how we talk about our approach to creative learning and the impact our negative language can have.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Lightroom Summit Links
How to tell better stories in your photographs
Episode 321
One thing you will hear a lot when you get into making good photographs is storytelling. Images should tell stories. Collections of images tell stories. What story are you trying to tell in your work? For the most part, I agree that good images tell a story, but other times great images are just pretty but that’s for a different day. In this week’s podcast, we talk about the way to tell a better story in your photographs and how to approach storytelling in your images. Don’t worry there are not technical notes to take or settings to learn, as storytelling has little to do with the gear.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Lightroom Summit Links
Are Cliff Notes the way to go to learn photography? (you can likely guess my answer)
Episode 320
There are many ways to learn things—some things in life we pick up pretty quickly, others not so much. As we learn our craft and art in photography, we can take all sorts of shortcuts. In some cases, we should stand on the shoulders of the photographers that came before us to learn, extend, and develop our understanding of our work. And in today’s world, we can also find a two-minute video on anything to teach us about something. In today’s podcast, I talk about how most of the time, the time we put into something offers more rewards than just the desired goal. The journey is, in fact, more important than the destination.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Lightroom Summit Links
The loss of sight and photography
Episode 319
I got to thinking these past few weeks about what would happen if I lost my eyesight. What would that mean for my photography? What would it mean to make photographs and appreciating photographs? In this week’s podcast, I talk a little bit about not being able to see could impact our photography and also how in some cases, it might make us better photographers because of how we would have to share what a photograph means in a much more complete way since we couldn’t just rely on someone looking at it.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Lightroom Summit Links
Not everything has to be the same
Episode 318
I have heard from several friends how every day in the pandemic seems to run together. Sort of a Groundhog Day effect. In this week’s podcast, I dive into that notion of everything and every day being the same and how that can impact our approach to talking about our photography in a meaningful way. I also talk about the challenges of shifting our focus on what we talk about to celebrate the experiences of every photograph we look at.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Lightroom Summit Links
Our reactions make the difference
Episode 317
This week’s podcast takes a look at the impacts of how we react to events and information. When you hear someone talk about your photography, do you focus on the negative, which in turn makes everything negative, or do you focus on the positive? In the podcast, I talk about how your approach to that feedback can make all the difference in improving your work. I also talk about some strategies to help you focus on slowing down the experience so you can focus on what matters most to you.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Lightroom Summit Links
Reading is fundamental
Episode 316
If you ever take one of my classes or workshops, you will listen to me talk about reading the photograph. The idea of reading a photograph is just like reading a book. You have to slow down, take it in, process the work, and think about it. I first came across the idea of reading the photograph from a Minor White article in the Aperature archives. Reading is an active state of being rather than a passive state. In this week’s podcast, I talk about why reading is important, how to stay engaged when reading the photograph and how reading can make you a better photographer.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Importance of Spring Cleaning
Episode 315
This week’s podcast breaks out the dustpan and broom. It is spring cleaning week. It is important to keep yourself organized and with sufficient space to be creative. With that in mind, this week we take a look at three easy places to do some spring cleaning in your photography practice to make some room for both the new and old ideas you might have around your photographic work.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Listener questions about new tech, inspiration, and finding one thing that matters
Episode 314
This week’s podcast is all about answering questions from podcast listeners. We tackle five questions that really got me thinking or were asked more than once. I hope you get something out of the answers and if you have any questions feel free to reach out and let me hear them.
This week I chime in on:
- What do I think of new technology and software like Adobe’s Enhance and Resize software and how I plan on using it?
- Am I worried about Nikon going away?
- Where do I find inspiration?
- What do you do when you can’t think of anything to photograph?
- What is one thing every photographer should do?
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Staying with something good or evolving to something better
Episode 313
Sometimes when we are working, it is easy to stick with what we are good at. We tend to think that we are meant to be doing it if we are good at something. However, being good at something doesn’t mean that we enjoy something or should keep doing something. In this week’s podcast, we talk about how sometimes we need to give up what we are good at in favor of doing what we’re meant to do or really want to be doing.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Nice photograph, but is it personal?
Episode 312
This week’s podcast takes a look at why we create. I believe that art, and by proxy photography, is best when it is personal. It is born out of our curiosity and desire to discover, learn, grown, process, and sort out how we fit in the world. When we make work from a place of self–understanding, it taps into a common thread across lots of people who have similar feelings and ideas. While made by a single click, our images allow us to connect as a community to more important questions we face in life about who and what we are. As you think about your work, if you find yourself doing work that does feel right or seems off, maybe you need to think about what is it about the work that is important to you. Be a little selfish in some way and appreciate that creativity and art sometimes work best when we focus first on who we are and who we are becoming.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
How long to wait?
Episode 311
Each one of us has a different level of patience when it comes to time. I think each of us has to answer how long I am willing to wait to get a great photograph? Often, I find that I might give up a little early or stay way too late in my work. The balance of time always seems a little off. In this week’s podcast, we jump into the question about how long you are willing to wait to get that photograph. We look at the pros and cons of various approaches and the importance of setting up a framework before you go out with the camera. Knowing ahead of time how long you will wait might free you up a bit to enjoy your time out a little more without the clock ticking pressures.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
It’s always something
Episode 310
For many photographers I work with, one of the consistent pieces of feedback I hear is that there is never enough of something to do the work they want. There might not be time or money or gear. A lot of effort and energy goes into thinking about what is needed to achieve our goals and what is missing. I like to imagine and brainstorm as much as the next person and have often suffered the same fate of what can’t be done because of something. I was having a conversation with an artist associate about this very subject. I thought they had an interesting approach. Rather than focus on something missing or can’t be done, they focused on what was in front of them. The paint they had. The canvas they had. The view out the window they had. All of the present moments were put into that painting. It got me thinking about the idea that it’s always something the blocks our work, and it’s always something else that frees our work.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Edges or overlaps in your approach to photography
Episode 309
When we think about approaching our photography, we often put things in buckets or bins. These classifications can help us identify areas of the images to work with and projects to pursue or find meaning in our work. Over time, I have grown to think about these ideas as more of a continuum or spectrum of ideas where they overlap and push into each other. Rather than creating edges, they offer up some softer transitions to more meaningful work. This week’s podcast looks at how this approach to edges and overlaps can impact our work with voice and vision.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Is it poor taste or a bad photograph?
Episode 308
I work with a lot of different people on different aspects of photography. One of the big areas that I help people with is developing a deeper connection to their work and others’ work. In that process, one of the issues that comes up repeatedly is the idea of what makes a good photograph. On more than one occasion, I have found myself in the conversation about something being a bad photograph or not. As I have looked back over my notes from these conversations, I have begun to wonder if the issue is more about personal taste in art, apathy for composition, or are we just willing to live with less than ideal photographs. This week’s podcast dips its toe into the idea of what makes something good and why there is an audience for what you might consider bad art.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Who’s your photo buddy?
Episode 307
Throughout our lifetime, we have a lot of friends and acquaintances. Some people are around for a short time, and others might last that lifetime. I have been thinking a lot lately about friendships and how they shape and shift us. They provide support, honesty, humor, companionship, and so much more. As I started to think about photography, I wondered about friendships in photography and the impact they can have. This week’s podcast focuses on the question of who your photo buddy is and what does that mean to you and your work?
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
What are you missing and the one thing approach
Episode 306
I have been working on some images in the studio recently and some start of the new year cleanup work. As I bounced back and forth between those two projects, it occurred to me that I was missing one thing oftentimes. That thing could be a screw for a tripod leg or a lens cap or an emotional feeling in a print. But as I worked on the projects, I started to wonder how many things in my photography could be fixed with just one thing. So in today’s podcast, we talk about how our approach to photography, creating images, viewing images, and talking about images could be improved by focusing on just one more or less thing in the process.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
How do you feel about photography?
Episode 305
This week’s podcast is a chat about how we feel about photography and photographs. In my teaching experience, I have found that many people think a lot about their photographs, but in some ways how we feel about our photographs can matter more.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
The start of a new year and celebrating the good
Episode 304
This week’s podcast is a quick chat about setting goals for the new year and the importance of looking back at the past year and celebrating what was good. In a year harder than most for people, 2020 gives us a chance to celebrate the flexibility and durability we all have to continue adapting and creating.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
30,000-mile tune-ups
Episode 303
This week’s podcast topic came about because of some maintenance on the car. It came time for new brakes, and the tire light kept coming on even though the tires were fine. As I dug into the manual about causes for the tire light, I came across the scheduled maintenance list. As I got to thinking about how that works with the car, it occurred to me that something similar might be good for photography.
I think there is maintenance for both camera equipment as well as our digital assets workflows. I started to think about all the things that I currently do and should do to make sure my investment in gear and workflows are as healthy and organized as possible.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Do you have photographic traditions?
Episode 302
This week’s podcast is about the importance of having traditions in your photography. No matter how big or small traditions are something we can look forward to each year and reflect back on the past.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
How to figure out your good photos from the bad
Episode 301
This week’s podcast is all about homework. One of the areas that I think all photographers could improve is understanding what makes a good photograph or a good photograph to them. We dive deep into that topic this week with an exercise to help you better understand how and why you react to photographs the way you do and apply that knowledge to future images or discussions.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
It’s Episode 300 so we are talking about celebrating milestones
Episode 300
This week marks the 300th episode of the podcast. So first off, thank you to everyone who tunes in and listens to the podcast. It really means the world to me that you all tune in and check out what is going on with the podcast. As I mention about a third of the way into this week’s show, this podcast is about all the experiences that I have about how photography impacts my life both just every day and creatively. It isn’t about gear, techniques, or fads, so I know it has a niche market. I do appreciate that you come back every week to listen.
As I got to thinking about the 300th episode, I got to thinking about milestones and celebrations. I personally am not one to celebrate many milestones, and I think that is a mistake. The podcast prep got me thinking about how much there is to celebrate, both big and small. We should all find ways to celebrate all the great things we do and things that happen in our photography. Those small rewards can be a big deal in keeping us going. So like rolling 100,000 miles on the odometer and thinking about all the great trips in the car, find in your photography the cool things that happen, and find a way to celebrate them each and every time. You might be surprised and what you get out of the celebration.
Now as I mentioned at the start, it is time for me to head off and celebrate this milestone with a little glass of Midleton.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
AI and Computational Photography-When is it no longer a photograph?
Episode 299
I have been asked a lot recently about what I think about some of the new tools digital photographers have at their disposal. Many programs now offer “AI or machine learning” to help edit photographs. Now with the click of a few buttons, you can replace skies, change expressions, or quickly composite images together.
Now I have never been on enough drugs to think that photographs are without manipulation. They are manipulated by point of view, lens choice, depth of field, color vs. black and white, to say nothing of dodging, burning, and color correction. However, I do wonder as we are now at a time in our lives where we can question how much of a purely digital creation can still be a “photograph.” In the ivory white towers of academic research, I am sure there will be many papers and conversations about where that line is. Still, I also think it is important for those of us making photographs to have a better understanding of what all that means. In today’s podcast, we talk a little about a few issues that arise when you think about the nature of computational photography and the language and words we might consider when talking about photography moving forward. For some of us, the line will be a lot firmer and rigid than others, but I think the more we understand how all these changes impact our sense of a photograph is as important, if not more important than how we create the photograph.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
The rules and repeatability of composition
Episode 298
In this week’s podcast, we start with a quote by Edward Weston about composition.
“Consulting the rules of composition before taking a photograph is like consulting the laws of gravity before going for a walk.”
Edward Weston
I have often thought that this quote has been misunderstood by people who teach photography and composition in photography. When I hear this quote, most of the time, instructors are talking about breaking the composition rules to make more interesting photographs. I don’t think this is the case with this quote or how to approach your photography. Rather than avoiding the rules, you should have a deep understanding of rules of composition and why and when they work. The deeper the understanding, the less you have to think about them. They become instinctually. You don’t want to head out thinking about the rules of thirds. You want to know it. The effect of it to be a part of your sense of seeing. It isn’t thinking about it. It is knowing it.
With that instinct and background awareness, you can approach your compositions and frames, focusing on how those elements help you tell your story in the photograph. Rule of compositions aren’t things to break, avoid, always use or dismiss out of hand, but rather. They are ways of describing what we see in a photograph. Doesn’t it make sense that anything that helps us understand more about how we see valuable? I would encourage you to think about how you compose your photographs and what techniques you employ in your images. Do they say what you want in the image? Do they help the narrative?
In the end, I think we all want to make interesting photographs, and the composition and framing are so much of that experience. The more you can be aware of composing, the more interesting and accurate stories you can tell. Being aware also gives you something else that is critical to photography–repeatability. You can repeat something repeatedly because you understand what happened and not just got lucky once with an accident. At the end of a day of photographing, knowing that we’re able to get the image you wanted because you understood the composition’s impacts making the editing and selection process that much more fun.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
The joy and pain of muscle memory
Episode 297
In this week’s podcast, we look at the impacts of muscle memory on our photography. Muscle memory, or the body’s ability to do something without thinking about it, is an important aspect of working as a photographer. This memory allows us to be able to quickly and efficiently do our jobs. From settings on the camera to keyboard shortcuts in a program, being efficient can really make a difference in how we can do our work. Yet, there is a downside. Anyone who has spent too much time hunched over a desk knows that bad things can happen when muscles remember bad things. Hunched over a desk can make our backs and necks hurt for days as the muscles unwind. In our photography, bad muscle memory can reinforce bad habits or make us a little lazy in our approach to editing and working. Spending some time to sort out what is good and bad about our muscle memory habits might make us better photographers and a little less sore.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
How do you approach knowing when enough is enough in your photography?
Episode 296
In this week’s podcast, we look at a possible photographic approach and discuss how you approach knowing when enough is enough when creating the image. For many of us, our approach to getting an image completed is incremental. We take small steps in our approach to framing, editing, shooting, and printing. While this method works, I propose that by making more grand shifts earlier in our process, we can get to a better result faster. We can get a better image, better concept, and better experience with the work by taking big leaps of faith in our workflow and trusting that going too far sometimes and backing off can produce more interesting images.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Get the VIP Pass
Get the Free Access Pass
How do you value your images? Is it more than just a 1-5 star ranking?
Episode 294
Please make sure you vote this week if you are in the US. Election time is an important time.
After reading a brief snippet about how Forbes creates its top 200 most brand valuable companies, I got to thinking about what formulas do we use in our photography when we assign a photograph a star value of 1-5. Is there a basic structure to our photographic approach that defines what we think is desirable in an image? If there is a unified approach, what elements would we consider in making that 5-star image decision? For me, many of the most valuable photographs have not monetary value. They are valuable for other reasons. Furthermore, many of my 5-start images might not be the “best” technical images, but they are the ones I can connect with on a deeper level. This week’s podcast looks at how we approach and think about our rating systems for our images.
As always, I hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask.
Get the VIP Pass
Get the Free Access Pass
Seeing the whole from the parts and a reminder to vote
Episode 294
Please make sure you vote this week if you are in the US. Election time is an important time.
Everything is connected. When you photograph a leaf, it is part of a tree. A leading line doesn’t just start and stop in your frame. It extends beyond the frame. In this week’s podcast, we look at how our approach to seeing the whole and its parts can impact how we view the world and the images we make. Small shifts in our awareness of how everything is related in an image and how those relationships extend beyond the frame can help you make more meaningful work.
As always, hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask
Get the VIP Pass
Get the Free Access Pass
Can you answer the question Why do you care?
Episode 293
I had a conversation with a friend a while back about photography and at one point, relating to photo editing, I asked him, Why do you care what someone else does so much? There was a long, almost uncomfortably long pause. The answer that he gave didn’t really matter much to me, but that pause really got me thinking about the idea of why do we care about things the way we do.
As we look at photography, I think we care about work because of its impact on us as we make it, and we hope the impact it has on others. The struggle for many of us comes from having to let go of the effect on others and accept that the work we make won’t always be important to everyone. It can be important to us. We can learn from it. We can care about it, but it might not impact others the way we want. Yet, understanding why you care about your own work and the work of others, I think, can give you exciting insights into how you approach and think about your work and how you share it. So this week’s podcast dives into the notion of caring about your work.
As always, hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask!
This isn’t personal. It’s just business
Episode 292
When I was younger, I worked for a high-tech startup that had to lay most of the company off to survive. They didn’t do anything but prolonged their demise, but the language used during the layoffs stuck with me. I hadn’t thought about it in a long time but recently heard someone say it when talking about photographs. The phrase used when I was laid off and in the review was This isn’t personal. It’s just business. The thing that stuck with me all these years is that it is business to the message’s sender, but nothing but personal to the receiver.
In this week’s podcast, I talk about how we get feedback and give feedback when the idea of it’s not personal is said in the process. When it comes to creative works shared, it is all personal. So when someone says it’s not personal, I feel we have a responsibility to hold someone’s feet to the fire and have them explain what they mean by that phrase. If it’s not personal, then why does it matter? In many cases, the phrase is used to help the person giving the feedback feel better about giving “bad news.” That doesn’t, however, make it right. When we talk about things that matter, they should be personal. We should not allow that phrase to be used without accountability. We should require all communication, to be honest, tactful, empathetic, and compassionate.
As always, hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask!
A mile in someone else’s shoes
Episode 291
Sometimes when we look at a photograph, we just don’t get it. We move on and don’t give it another thought. However, assuming the photographer was attempting to make something meaningful with there work, the photograph does have something to say. I have grown to think that it is our job to try and understand our reactions to photographs so that we can better understand the photographer. While we may not fully appreciate the images, if we can walk a mile in their shoes we might gain some deeper understanding into who they are and how they move through the world. In turn, maybe someone will offer us the same kindness. In this week’s podcast, I talk about how spending the time to think about the experiences of someone that led to the making the image can tell us a lot about who we are and how we see the world even in someone else’s image.
As always, hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask!
Also, don’t forget that there are a couple of new workshops I am offering. Each workshop will run for 6-7 months and is limited to six participants. There is a foundation workshop about editing and workflow and an advanced workshop about finding more meaning in your work. You can get more information from the Workshops/Teaching menu above or using one of the links below.
Perceptive Photographer Foundation Workshop: The Developing Image
Questions to ask yourself and others about photographs
Episode 290
In a follow-up to last week’s podcast on the value of interviewing others and yourself about photography, this week we talk about some possible subjects or ideas to consider when planning your interview. I always recommend that you start with the work. Look closely at the images and projects someone has created to get focused. Think about what you want to know about how the work came about, what they learned from the work, and their approach. As long as your asking questions that focus more on the why and awareness of the images and projects, you really can’t go wrong.
As always, hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask!
Also, don’t forget that there are a couple of new workshops I am offering. Each workshop will run for 6-7 months and is limited to six participants. There is a foundation workshop about editing and workflow and an advanced workshop about finding more meaning in your work. You can get more information from the Workshops/Teaching menu above or using one of the links below.
Perceptive Photographer Foundation Workshop: The Developing Image
Perceptive Photographer Advanced Workshop: The Meaningful Image
The power of the photographic interview
Episode 289
One of my favorite exercises I use to teach photography and learn about my own work is called the interview project. This process involves you doing enough research about a photographer you are inspired by or want to learn from and then create a set of 10 to 20 interview questions that you would want to use to interview them. In some cases, you might be lucky and be able to use those questions to interview the photographer. Still, sometimes they might no longer be alive. Either way, part of the process is to answer those questions as if you were the photographer. This will help you get some insights into how you might approach the work. You then use those same questions, slightly modified to fit your work, and then interview yourself.
The podcast this week walks you through the process and so possible insights you might be able to get with a simple little exercise that gives you big rewards in understanding your own process and work.
As always, hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask!
Also, don’t forget that there are a couple of new workshops I am offering. Each workshop will run for 6-7 months and is limited to six participants. There is a foundation workshop about editing and workflow and an advanced workshop about finding more meaning in your work. You can get more information from the Workshops/Teaching menu above or using one of the links below.
Perceptive Photographer Foundation Workshop: The Developing Image
Perceptive Photographer Advanced Workshop: The Meaningful Image
The value of small changes you can make even in a year of crazy to boost your photography enjoyment
Episode 288
Sometimes it is the little things that can make all the difference. In a photograph, it might be a shift in POV or depth of frame. In our printing, it might be the right paper selection. No matter what you are working on a small change can be a big deal. However, as the days seemingly run together in this year of COVID, I got to thinking about how easy it is to miss the small changes since everything and every day seem to blend.
For me, there have been five small changes that I have discovered I made over the past several months that have had a direct impact on my approach to my work. This week’s podcast takes a look at those changes and how they impacted my photography and work. Hopefully, they can inspire you to try out the same or think about what small changes you will carry forward even when things shift out of our 2020 way of being. As for me, the five big little changes are:
- Understanding that things to do and ways of being are not the same. A task list of items to complete is not the same as having a creative day.
- Organizational systems, no matter how small or unbusy we might seem, matter
- Small shots matter in photography. Even if you can’t get to your normal travel destinations or favorite places, small clicks of simple things matter
- Play matters. Things need to be fun and doing something fun makes it easier for your photography to be fun
- I got an apron to wear when I am working. It has helped me get focus in the studio. Small rituals and actions can have a huge impact on your approach to creative living.
As always, hope you and yours are safe, and please remember to keep safe and wear your mask!
Also, don’t forget that there are a couple of new workshops I am offering. Each workshop will run for 6-7 months and is limited to six participants. There is a foundation workshop about editing and workflow and an advanced workshop about finding more meaning in your work. You can get more information from the Workshops/Teaching menu above or using one of the links below.
Perceptive Photographer Foundation Workshop: The Developing Image
Perceptive Photographer Advanced Workshop: The Meaningful Image
How do you define photography and the impact of non-photographer based photography
Episode 287
I often think of photography as an active verb. It is something that we do, see, and respond. It involves action on both the creator of the image and the viewer. We create photographs to see better, learn about the world and our place in it, and share those insights with others. Hopefully, people look at our photographs to have the same experiences as we did when we created them.
There is, however, a whole set of photography that is created without the photographer. Video and photos are created by surveillance systems and unattended cameras. These photographs and videos are used for evidence for the most part to show the actions recorded by these cameras without the influence of a photographer. As we get more and more of this type of information, this content’s context becomes critical to our understanding of these images. Unlike artistic photos that we accept to have the creator’s bias as part of the image, our expectations of this type of imagery should be that it is the truth, whole truth, and nothing but the truth. However, because we can slice and dissect this type of content to our own needs, I think it essential that as photographers, we have conversations about what this can mean to our understanding of these types of images.
This week’s podcast takes a look at how we define photography in the context of who and how the image was created and the responsibility of photographers to help have meaning conversations about intent and context for how images and videos are made.
Please remember to keep safe and wear your mask!
Also, don’t forget that there are a couple of new workshops I am offering. Each workshop will run for 6-7 months and is limited to six participants. There is a foundation workshop about editing and workflow and an advanced workshop about finding more meaning in your work. You can get more information from the Workshops/Teaching menu above or using one of the links below.
Perceptive Photographer Foundation Workshop: The Developing Image
Perceptive Photographer Advanced Workshop: The Meaningful Image
Don’t blame the viewer, except……
Episode 286
Sometimes I hear someone say something and it gets me thinking about my approach to my photography. I recently overheard someone say don’t shoot the messenger. This got me to thinking about how many times we blame the viewer for not getting our understanding of our photographs.
This week’s podcast is all about how we can help to overcome our frustration with others when they just don’t get our work. It is easy to blame the viewer as just not getting it, but I believe there is an opportunity for each of us to step back from our work and think about our approach. Are we as clear as we can be with our story, emotion, composition, and frame? Do we know what our work is about? Do we have clarity of purpose in our work or is it still vague in our mind? We can’t really expect someone else to get it if we don’t on some level get our own work, can we?
The one exception I have to not blaming the viewer is around personal experiences. When someone creates their work, it is from their experiences. When we tell them that it isn’t true, not what happened or worse this is what I would have photographed, we invalidate their experience. When we look at the art or photographs that someone has created that is meaningful to them and we say it doesn’t matter what do you think it says about them? So I don’t blame the viewer when it comes to fuzzy ideas in photographs, but I do have and issue when it is dismissive feedback because of what someone else has experienced, and that is my exception to the rule.
Please remember to keep safe and wear your mask!
Also, don’t forget that there are a couple of new workshops I am offering. Each workshop will run for 6-7 months and is limited to six participants. There is a foundation workshop about editing and workflow and an advanced workshop about finding more meaning in your work. You can get more information from the Workshops/Teaching menu above or using one of the links below.
Perceptive Photographer Foundation Workshop: The Developing Image
Perceptive Photographer Advanced Workshop: The Meaningful Image
Lessons learned from software release notes in my photography
Episode 285
I was recently updating a lot of software on my computer. As some of the updates were installing, I took a look at the software release notes. If you have never looked at these notes, they tell you what is included in the update. Nearly all the release notes have the same basic information. They contain bug fixes, new features, and compatibility notes. As I looked at those, it got me thinking about how similar those notes are to editing and making photographs.
This week’s podcast dives into how to think about your photography and ideas to approach your editing using some of the concepts and sections you find in most software release notes. This release note template gives us an opportunity to create a plan, outline, and goals for editing. They can also serve as a to-do list when we need to make new work going forward. I am sure most of you will never dive deep into software release notes. Still, I think you can get something useful from the practice that industry has adopted.
Also, don’t forget that there are a couple of new workshops I am offering. Each workshop will run for 6-7 months and is limited to six participants. There is a foundation workshop about editing and workflow and an advanced workshop about finding more meaning in your work. You can get more information from the Workshops/Teaching menu above or using one of the links below.
Perceptive Photographer Foundation Workshop: The Developing Image
Perceptive Photographer Advanced Workshop: The Meaningful Image
How do you define a photograph?
Episode 284
This week’s podcast dives into how we define a photograph and photography. There is a lot of room to experiment and play with what defines photography, but I think knowing what is an isn’t photography and a photograph can help you be a better photographer and consumer of visual images. For me, there are three key aspects of a photograph. They are time-bound, indexical, and is represented by an object of some type (print, slide, etc). For you, I imagine you might have different ideas of what might be a photo. I hope that you get some aspects to consider and spend some time coming up with your own definition of a photograph.
Also, don’t forget that there are a couple of new workshops I am offering. Each workshop will run for 6-7 months and is limited to six participants. There is a foundation workshop about editing and workflow and an advanced workshop about finding more meaning in your work. You can get more information from the Workshops/Teaching menu above or using one of the links below.
Perceptive Photographer Foundation Workshop: The Developing Image
Perceptive Photographer Advanced Workshop: The Meaningful Image
Creativity exercises and new workshop announcements
Episode 283
This week’s podcast talks introduces two new long-format workshops I am offering in 2020-2021. Each workshop will run for 6-7 months and is limited to six particpants. There is a foundation workshop about editing and workflow and an advanced workshop about finding more meaning in your work. You can get more information from the Workshops/Teaching menu above or using one of the links below.
Perceptive Photographer Foundation Workshop: The Developing Image
Perceptive Photographer Advanced Workshop: The Meaningful Image
Also in the podcast this week is an exercise that I do with some of the people I mentor. I call it a 10×10 exercise. In this exercise, you take 10 images that you like and you edit them 10 different ways resulting in a total of 100 images. The goal of the exercise is to help you see patterns, habits, new ways of seeing, and opportunities in your photography. The exercise will help you identify default ways of seeing and new ways to approach. your work. It is a simple exercise you can do anytime, and I hope you find it useful in learning how you approach your photography.
Creativity is not left brain or right brain, you need a whole brain.
Episode 282
There are a number of aspects of photography that fall into two camps. There are artistic decisions and technical decisions. For some people, you might think of this as left-brain (technical) and right- brain (creative) decisions. However, to be successful, you need both sides of your brain to make a good photograph. Not only both sides but also some language around how both sides work together to make a successful photograph.
When we can talk about how our camera decisions help or hinder the experience of a photograph, we can make better photographs in the future. We can, with this enhanced language, also provide better feedback to other about there work. Rather than focusing on what f/stop, we could focus on the effects of sharpness in an image as it relates to how the image is seen. So much of photography is about learning to translate what we see in the world into the image even when what is in front of us is shifted by the camera options. When we lack the language to describe what we want, we can make decisions with the camera resulting in work that often feels empty. Learning to be able to have a language to describe what we want and how to get it with the camera makes the artistic side of our work easier. This week’s podcast is a deep dive into the important distinction of these two sides of our language and how to balance them for the greatest impact.
Do you keep getting distracted?
Episode 281
One of our listeners sent in a great question about distractions. Her question was a two-part approach to dealing with distractions. The first was dealing with the distractions of editing the wrong images. Were there ideas or strategies for making sure what we can edit the best images and not waste time on the wrong images. Before you actually edit an image in Lightroom do the following, write down on a piece of paper the following:
- emotions you want or feel in the image
- the story the images should tell
- technical steps to take to edit the image
- is this a known edit or experimental
If you can answer these questions then you might find that you are editing the best image of your collection. IF you can’t answer these questions, for now at least, it might be worth moving on to one that you can identify all the answers.
The second area was dealing with distractions outside of editing. For me, this is mostly about dealing with what needs to be done verse what should be done and what I want to do. I always make sure the needs get done because withouth them I can’t operate the business. As for the rest of the long list of things. I try to focus on the present and future actions and let go of the past. I also try to figure out what the payout is for the distractions. Are they success or failure based, motivation lacking, or just things I feel guilty about not doing. Part of those distractions might be to give us a break and the rest we need. Other times it might be to keep us from working out of fear. If it is rest we need great, but if it is worry fear based, which is about the future, we need to work through that block to keep us present focused.
Lessons relearned in night photography and oh yeah, wear a mask!
Episode 280
Make yourself the best photographer in the world. To do so, all you have to do is wear a mask. If you think it kills your freedom, put one and walk around and see if you can still do things. If you can, the mask hasn’t destroyed your freedom but has kept the rest of us safer.
In this week’s podcast, I reflect on how our emotional state can drive how we approach our photographs when we are out in the field. The shifts in emotions, feelings, and experiences while out with a camera can drive composition, framing, and technical decisions we make with the camera. Being aware of these shifts and changes can make a significant impact on our work. The more aware we are of this impact, the more likely we are to get images that resonate with who we are and the stories we are telling.
Gear used in podcast
Are you asking yourself the right questions?
Episode 279
I get asked a lot of questions about photography. Some are good, and some are not so good. When we look at our own work and spend time behind the camera it is all about asking and answering questions. Is this the right composition? Do I have the right settings? Is my narrative on point?
In my experience, when we ask the right question we get what we want in our photography sooner than later. So, this week’s podcast is a look at the process of asking questions and how we answer those questions in a effort to make the best picture possible.
Gear used in podcast
Five projects for the week to keep you going when stuck at home.
Episode 278
As COVID-19 continues to build in the USA, I thought I would use the podcast this week to share five things you can do with your stay at home time. These to-do items will work even if you aren’t stuck at home under quarantine. Still, these to-dos can help pass the time and improve your photography and photographic inspiration if you are at home.
- Read and do the work in one of your photography books you bought
- Inventory your camera gear for insurance and to do a keep, sell, donate, or shelf
- Make a viewing wall for looking at prints
- Make some new photography friends by reaching out to photographers you follow but haven’t connected with at some point
- Do a 10 for 10 project. You will just have to listen to learn what this is all about.
Gear used in podcast
Become a better photographer by seeking out diversity in the photographs you look at
Episode 277
I often get asked what the things you can do to be a better photographer are. The two that are always at the top of my list are printing and consuming other people’s work. I like to use the analogy of ice cream when discussing other people’s work. Our work is one flavor of ice cream. Different people all have their own flavor. When we look at others’ work, it is like getting to try a new flavor of ice cream. We might like it. We might not. Either way, it helps us broaden our palate and understanding of photography or ice cream. Even if we love the flavor of our ice cream, trying other flavors will help us build a deeper understanding of what makes one brand of ice cream better than another. After all, not all Rocky Road ice cream is the same.
This week’s podcast is about how seeking out and trying a more diverse consumption of photography, much like ice cream, can help you build a deeper and more meaningful connection to your work. Because of the way photography history is shared, you will have to do extra work to find them. Much of the photographers we know from our photography classes come from a single perspective. So if you break out of that model, you will have to dig a little. Here are some suggestions.
- Find a history of photography for a given country or culture.
- Search for all photographers from a given country by genre in the library or online
- Search for all photographers of a given genre by race, gender, age, country and see who is new to you on that list
- Search online book stores for photographers you have never heard of using the you might also like feature of shopping websites
- Search by publisher (www.photoeye.com makes it easy). If the publisher has one book you like they might have more. Some publishers also focus more on certain aspects of photography making it easier.
- Ask friends for a list of photographers.
- Find a photographer you like and research who inspires them, or they like
- If you live in a city, find all the photographers you can from that city regardless of genre, race, age, camera type.
Gear used in podcast
Do you prefer to pick Junior Mints or Skittles when going to the movies and other thoughts on choices we make in photography
Episode 276
We used to be able to go to the movies, one of my favorite traditions was getting something from the concessions stands. Now I know they are a rip-off, but I just love having a treat during the movie. I am always somewhat annoyed; however, by the time it takes some people to pick a type of candy while in line. Now, I have read enough research to know that given too many choices, most of us can’t make a decision. Given too few choices and we rebel against our options. That leaves most of us in the Goldilocks zone of I want to have choices but not too many choices.
In this week’s podcast, we take a look at the impacts and some of the impacts of making choices and not making choices can have on our photography workflow. From capture to editing, there is no way around making choices. Luckily like most choices in life, we can change our minds after the fact. A photograph is very malleable and forgiving. The photo is always willing to grow, change, and evolve as our choices shift.
Gear used in podcast
Do you run a complaint department?
Episode 275
Ah, the great American past-time of complaining. Nothing beats hanging out with friends over a beer and complaining about all sorts of things in life. We love to complain about lots of things such as politics, weather, work, and even our photography. Photographers love to complain about all things photographic. Subscription fees, cameras, software, editing techniques, other people’s work are just the tip of the iceberg of topics photographers like to discuss.
In this week’s podcast, I dive into the complaint box and discuss why we complain about things, the payouts we get from complaining, and how to move forward from complaining about something all the time. Complaining is often just a symptom of something else going on. When we can get to the bottom of the issue, we can move forward with our work in a more positive direction. As you listen to this week’s episode, I hope you can think about some of your biggest complaints and maybe start down the path of letting them go so you can have more time to focus on your creative photography.
Gear used in podcast
When you get stuck, trying something else sometimes does work better
Episode 274
A couple of the things I hear photographs talk about all the time is hitting a wall, not getting good feedback, and fear in the face of change. In this week’s podcast, I tossed all of those issues into the Vitamix blender and hit high speed on the dial. No matter what problems you face, odds are you try to solve it by repeating the same behavior over and over. When we do that, more times than not, there is no change in the outcome.
When we need to have a change in our work, we need to try something different. Not new gear per se, but rather a new approach. If you don’t like the feedback you get, you need to find a way to ask for more meaningful feedback. If you have trouble editing images, the answer might be practicing the basics again. No matter what issue you are facing, sometimes all we need to try something different. While different can be scary, at least different has a shot of producing different results.
Gear used in podcast
Is photography about non-intervention or do we play an active role in our creating and viewing of images
Episode 273
In her classic essay On Photography, Susan Sontag makes the statement:
Photographing is essentially an act of non-intervention.
So in this week’s podcast, I thought we would take a look at that quote and discuss how photographing and the viewing of photographs can be a non-intervening act. The photographs we make that are significant to us, and some of the photographs we view have a lasting impact. These things become acts and objects of the intervention. These photographs and the act of photographing can have a lasting effect on what we do and who we are. These images can become interventions in our lives that shift how we think, what we do, and what we believe.
Gear used in podcast
The notions of how and why in the critique of your photography?
Episode 270
In this week’s podcast, we focus on two aspects of the nature of critique. The how and the why of taking a photograph. The how is the technical side of things in creating the image. The why is who you are as a photographer in the photograph. The story of the image so to speak. When we work on images, ideally, we would have both aspects in our images. The image would be our best foot forward in both technical and story. However, in my experience, this isn’t always the case. There are a lot of us photographers who only are interested in a single aspect of the work. So this week’s discussion is about how to approach getting feedback, giving feedback, and how to possibly think about moving your work forward by listening to all aspects of the feedback.
Gear used in podcast
Does binge-watching television programs impact your photography?
Episode 270
In this week’s podcast, I talk about some of the impacts that might appear in your photo editing and viewing as a result of binge-watching. While it is fun to sit down and consume a show from beginning to end as fast a possible, there is a cost to this approach. Much like eating good food, without a palate cleanser, our ability to sense subtle nuances in how we see, taste, and experience the object of our affection is lost. We need to have a way to reset our visuals and start fresh. As we dive into this subject this week, I discuss some impact binging can have on our editing and selection process. I also discuss some ideas for how to refresh our process so that we don’t fall into a bland diet of visual consistency.
While you may not think this applies to you, you might be surprised at how your consumption of social media, your own library of images, and the other visuals you watch impact how you approach your photography. Maybe, with a little bite of ginger once in a while as you work on your photos, you might find some treasures you never saw before.
Gear used in podcast
The notion of mundane and the art of stir crazy
Episode 270
This week’s podcast focuses on the impacts in our photography when the days, projects, images, and seeing seem to drag into each other over and over again. The groundhog effect, so to speak. I don’t think there is a person out there who hasn’t had a negative sense of deja vu when it comes to there photography. Maybe you are stuck working locally rather than getting to travel. Perhaps you think you are editing what seems like the same image again and again. The mundane comes in all sorts of flavors. While it can be a challenge to face the same repetitive task over and over again, there is value in meeting this pattern head-on. You might be surprised by the impacts and what you see on the other side of your photography and seeing.
Gear used in podcast
Do you think about your ethics as a photographer?
Episode 269
I hope that you and your family are safe during the COVID-19 outbreak. This week’s podcast is based on a request from one of our listeners regarding a question of ethics in photography. Ethics, our sense of doing what is right and wrong, is at the core of each of us. As photographers, our understanding of right and wrong regarding what and when to photograph should be a key consideration we make..
While those ethics are different for each person and depending on your job might be different because of what you are assigned to photograph, as a community, we should be talking more and more about the ethics of making photographs. There is always an impact on taking and sharing a photo on the people and places we photograph when our choices cause side effects even when unintended.
Gear used in podcast
Time, acceptance and the value of a daily check-in
Episode 268
I hope that you and your family are safe during the COVID-19 outbreak. This week’s podcast is a direct response to conversations I have been having with my friends and associates as they struggle to deal with their creative process during the pandemic. As the days drag on from one to another, the creative spark for many people has become less enjoyable and harder to maintain.
This week’s podcast focuses on the importance of doing a daily check-in. Really looking at how you are doing with your well-being. Not just your creativity, but your health, mental, spiritual, and emotional well-being too. With this awareness, there is much to be gained by acceptance of where you are at.
Accepting your current state doesn’t mean giving in to where you are. Instead, you build from the strength that comes from naming your experience and finding peace in that awareness. From there, we can find a path to the next steps. Rather than pushing back on our creative process or lack of creative process, we can see there is strength in truthful storytelling through our photography. No matter how that story is told.
Gear used in podcast
Digging into your archives
Episode 267
I hope that you and your family are safe during the COVID-19 outbreak. I have been having some conversations with people lately about how they create their work. In the course of those discussions, I have found that a lot of people seem to focus on the next thing. However, in my experience, there is a lot of information to be gained by returning to your own photography library and looking at it with new eyes.
In this week’s podcast, we talk about a few different ways to dive deep into your older work looking for new patterns, concepts, ideas, ways of seeing and hopefully gaining some new insights into your process. There is a lot to be gained by learning to see patterns and ways of seeing even when we weren’t aware of them at the time we made the photos. Hopefully, if you take the time to do a little digging, you might be surprised at what you learn about your approach to photography.
Gear used in podcast
Thinking about time and photography
Episode 265
I hope that you and your family are safe during the COVID-19 outbreak. As we all have been forced to make changes to our daily routines, it got me thinking about time. Time is one of those things at the foundation of photography, and I believe, defines a unique aspect of photography as a medium and form of communication. I also have begun to really realize the awareness impact of having less time everyday can have on my approach to my work. As photographers, we are bound by our sense of time and relationship to time in our work. We can extend time, compress time, slice time or shift time. In each image is some how our relationship to time.
In this week’s podcast, time takes a center stage and I talk about how our approach to time, loss, memory, and abstractions alters our thinking and approach to making photographs.
Gear used in podcast
Training puppies and language in photography
Episode 265
I hope that you and your family are safe during the COVID-19 outbreak. We recently added a new family member, Cora the dog, to the house. She is a loving, energetic ball of Aussie Shepard fur. Lori and I are working at training her to be a happy, well-adjusted, non-cat chasing member of the family. Part of that training is Lori, and I getting on the same page about the language we use when talking to her in training. After all up, down, lay, sit, stay, come, here, touch, and a ton of other words are meaningless to a puppy, yet to learn, we have to use the same words with her each time.
I also have been listening to the language around COVID-19 and the notion of social distancing being inaccurate. We need physical distance of six feet, which is no necessarily social distance. Social distancing can imply isolation and lacking contact on all levels of interaction, which isn’t entirely accurate. When you take these two things together this week, it got me thinking more and more about our language we use to talk photos. In this week’s podcast, we take a look, again, at how the subtle use of language can have a significant impact on how we think about and move forwards in our photography.
Also, if you are interested in learning about Photoshop from the safety of home. You can join me, and 19 other instructors, for a virtual Photoshop summit from April 13-17. You can register using the link below. The affiliate link, if you decided to upgrade to the VIP package will kick me back a little dollar and cents love.
https://danieljgregory.krtra.com/t/mr5y01WfKsrK
Gear used in podcast
It’s a long, long road
Episode 264
I hope that you and your family are safe during the COVID-19 outbreak. For a lot of us, we are following stay-at-home orders and not going out much. For those of you stuck in essential jobs, thank you for continuing to do your job. I have had several conversations with my photographer friends about how they are dealing with all of these changes. For many of them, while stressed about the general situation, they felt it was an opportunity to really dive into their work. While this has been true for some, for others not so much.
In this week’s podcast, I talk about how important it is to remember that not only is dealing with our current crisis a long road ahead, but so is photography a long road. Along that road will be many stops, twists, turns, and changes. What matters most is that you find your center and focus on the key things you need in your life now. For some that might be going all-in on photography and for others, that creative spark might seem gone. No matter where you are, know that the journey will continue. Finding your center and focusing on what matters most, keeping your energy up, and recognizing that sometimes we need to cut ourselves some slack when we aren’t getting done all that we thought we would.
Gear used in podcast
A turning point in your work
Episode 263
In this week’s podcast, we take a look at the importance of recognizing when you hit a turning point in your work. This might be technical, where you finally learn your workflow tools and feel confident editing. It might be in learning how to use some camera features that you always planned on learning. The turning point might also be more in your artistic vision as you learn to communicate more deeply what you are thinking and feeling behind the camera. No matter where you are in your process, each of these turning points furthers you on your journey and should be celebrated for what they are, a gift.
Gear used in podcast
More things change & the fear of simple mistakes
Episode 262
I am often amazed at how often we get caught up in the most simple of problems. It doesn’t matter if it is as simple as picking a new camera or picking out what image to edit and print. We can spin around and around trying to get a problem resolved that we have made more complicated than it needs to be. Many times, the best images, solutions and ideas have a simplicity to them. Not that they aren’t complex in composition, meaning or structure, but rather our experience of those images and ideas make them more than the sum of their parts.
In this week’s podcast, we take a look at some of the simple mistakes we can make as photographers and how to put our best foot forwards to getting what we want out of our photography.
Gear used in podcast
Putting your best photographic print forward
Episode 261
As photographers, we should be making prints. There are a whole host of reasons why we should make prints: the materiality of it, shareability, improved seeing, longevity, or some other reason you might have. We also spend a considerable amount of our time looking at photographs that are mere reproductions of the original image. In this week’s podcast, I tackle the importance of looking at the best prints and reproductions possible. Often when we think about someone’s photographs, it is from copies we might have seen on the Internet or in a book. In many cases, those will pale by comparison to the original work (and in some cases exceed). As viewers and creators of photographs, we need to make sure that we are putting our best foot forward in our prints and also contextualizing the work of the others so that we can properly evaluate their work.
Gear used in podcast
The misguided adventures of composition in photography
Episode 260
Photographers are an odd bunch. We often find our conversations drifting from one absolute to nothing be absolute. One area that I have always found interesting, and seems to fit this back and forth, is how approach and talk about composition. When you learn about photography and photographs, we talk about the rules of composition, elements of composition, and how they should be followed. Then as soon as tell people to follow them, we ask them to break the rules to be exciting or showcase examples of a photographer who has been able to make interesting photographs by not following the rules.
In this week’s podcast, I take a look at how our misguided approach to thinking about and discussing composition can be a problem. We will look at how photographs with composition and not subject are no better than images with good subjects and no composition. Ultimately, we need to understand how various elements of composition come together in a photograph to help us understand and appreciate the photograph, intention of the photographer, and possible meanings of the photograph. While composition might be all about connecting and making space and dimension in a photograph, as photographers, our ability to understand composition is central to getting work created that speaks to who we are as photographers.
Gear used in podcast
How does being focused on production lead to unnecessary pressure in our photography?
Episode 259
It is really easy to feel overburdened when working on your photography. There is so much to learn, photograph, and share that you can quickly start to feel like you are under a tremendous amount of pressure to deliver. It might be pressure for time, expectations being met, desire, or just plain ego. No matter the cause, the notion that we are under so much pressure to produce that we get stuck might be caused by how we think about production and creating meaningful work.
When we get under too much pressure, it can result in us not having a chance to create meaningful work. We begin to think about all the things that can go wrong or breakdown in our process rather than celebrating the good. What we need are some release values to help us identify and remove some of the pressure. In this week’s podcast, we take a look at how the idea that pressure and production of images are related and some techniques or release values to help us move past and get out from under this feeling.
Gear used in podcast
When the camera does it job better than you thought possible, then what is the excuse for bad photographs?
Episode 258
I was having a conversation about the advances in camera technology and how at some point in the not to distant future the camera will make a perfect captured frame with exact colors, focus, infinity depth-of-field possibilities, etc. My friend was all excited about that possibility. I, in turn, asked what happens when the camera is no longer to blame for a bad photograph? And if it isn’t the camera, how is that different today.
In this week’s podcast, we dive into that question of what is really at the core of a bad photograph. Over the course of the podcast, I talk about how if we assume the great camera exists, what impacts will that have on how we critique, edit and review our work and the work of others. In the end, I realize that even with today’s amazing cameras, it might be time that we stop making excuses for not seeing as if they were rooted in the camera faults because one day, that may not be an option.
Gear used in podcast
How sacred places, people and things can change our approach to our photography
Episode 257
A sacred place or thing historically as been often associated with the worship of a deity or god. However, something can be sacred, even outside the context of religion. There could be places, people, ideas, or things that inspire, stimulate, are worthy of honor, or hold meaning in our lives. These sacred things could be very personal or allow us to connect with something bigger than just ourselves.
In this week’s podcast, we talk about how our approach to sacred can impact our photography. In some cases, it can shine a light on what matters to us when we photograph. Other times, it might help us understand why we gravitate towards one photograph over another. Other times, it might help us not pick up a camera out of respect for someone else’s sacred place. As we discuss this notion of sacred in photography, I hope that it gives you a chance to reflect on what is important to you in your work and how your work might be able to provide you with an opportunity to honor what really matters to you.
Gear used in podcast
Notions of the precious photographic moment
Episode 256
A friend recently recanted a story to me about how, when he was in school, they were only allowed to shoot one roll (36 frames) a week for homework. No more than that one roll for any week. He talked about how each frame became more critical because of the discipline and experience you had to have to get the best of the week in those 36 frames.
As he was talking, he mentioned that each frame was more precious than he imagined when he started. That got me thinking about the notion of precious in photography. This week’s podcast takes a look at how we approach the things we photograph, places we photograph, and ideas we photography as a container for what is precious to us. Rather than focusing on what is sharable, likable or not, this week I talk about how we can shift our approach to thinking about work and creating work so that each of however many frames we take are precious little gems.
Gear used in podcast
Why opposites aren’t always an either or proposition
Episode 255
A recent trip to the store had me overhear a couple talking about how opposites attract. I couldn’t get that idea out of my head and how it might apply to photography. I eventually made a list of opposites that I could think of related to photography. As I completed the list, I realized that many of these are no opposites that attract or repel but rather work together.
This week’s podcast takes a look at how to develop a list of opposites and how diving deeper into the word pairs can lead to a shift in your approach to seeing behind the camera and appreciating your photography. It doesn’t matter what you photograph or how far along you are in your process, getting a better understanding of your mental framing and approach to your work with this exercise might lead you to some interesting insights.
Gear used in podcast
The wrong type of research can ruin a photograph
Episode 254
Ok, maybe there isn’t really wrong research. I do think there is the research we do before a trip that can have us create work that isn’t our best. In this week’s podcast, I talk about how your approach to researching where and what to photograph at any given location can be a problem in creating your work. I think research is essential when planning for a trip or outing. However, I do believe that if we spend most of our research time looking at other’s photographs online of the same places can negatively impact our work. Those images set a tone, expectation, and “correct” way of seeing that can become an undue influence.
Rather than looking at photographs of places you plan to visit, I would encourage you to do your research by reading about the history, culture, and spirit of a place. Maybe some novels or poems that are set in the location. Perhaps you look at some travel blogs but skip digging in on the images. The more your imagination can work to help you think about what you might photograph, the better. When we spend time looking at other images, we run the risk of replication, duplication, or disappointment because of the quality of light isn’t the same. By shifting how we prepare for that trip, we might be able to find a better way to approach our photography. With that new approach, we might get more photographs that we enjoy.
Gear used in podcast
The road to nowhere
Episode 253
This week’s podcast takes a deeper dive into the question we discussed last week about facing difficult times in your creative process.
I think everyone gets stuck sometimes and ends up in a dark place when creating.
There are times when you have to take photographs because the bills depend on them being made, but even then, those photographs can be hard to make. You have a voice in your head telling you that things are hard, can’t be done, and you just aren’t feeling it. At times you feel like you are on the road to nowhere. When that happens, what is a photographer to do?
In this episode, I try to talk about some of my feelings when this happens and what I focus on to help with the process. I also talk about how focusing on the measure of photography, reasons for photographing and the power of feeling lost in the dark has as you turn the corner on your process — learning that being nowhere can help you find what is inside your own voice and show you that you are better today because of what you did yesterday.
Gear used in podcast
Five listener questions to start 2020
Episode 252
As we kick off 2020, I thought I would make this week’s podcast all about the five most common questions I got asked in 2019 that weren’t related to camera gear or printing. I thought each question was exciting and provided an interesting insight into the creative process.
Here are the questions I talk about in the podcast this week. I hope that you find the questions as enjoyable as I did.
1. What was the biggest lesson you learned in 2019?
Importance of saying no.
2. How long does it take to become a professional photographer?
Depends on how you define professional
3. Do you have any good books for me to read?
Art can help by Robert Adams
Photowork: 40 photographers on process and practice by Sasha Wolf
Zen and the Art of Motorcycle Maintenance by Robert Pirsig
4. How do you know when to work in black and white?
That is all about how the photograph will make me feel when in black and white or color.
5. Do you ever get stuck in your process and feel like you can’t create following your process?
Absolutely all the time consistently never goes away frustrated often…
Gear used in podcast
2020 and the importance of time
Episode 251
As we close down the year and decade, many of us start to look back and reflect on the past year or ten. I am not a huge fan of looking back at what was cool in 2015 as a part of the decade. I would much rather think about the coming year. As photographers, we are always dealing with time and issues in time. It is part of the reading of photographs and the making of photographs.
As the new year dawns, I got to thinking about how much time there is. I hear from so many people how time is lost, and there isn’t time to make the photographs they want. So in this final podcast of 2019, I talk about how your approach to giving yourself time from making empty spaces can be one of the best gifts you can give yourself to start the new year.
Gear used in podcast
Is your approach to your photography too narrow?
Episode 250
I’m excited to be producing my 250th episode of the podcast for this week. It is a milestone that I never imagined when I started years ago, and it has been fun thinking about all the episodes I have had the honor to create thus far. As I began to reminiscing, I realized how much my podcast, while photography and creativity focused, isn’t really about being a better photographer by using a formula, but rather more about a wandering path.
That realization got me thinking about how much we can miss in our photography and learning when we try to focus our scope of work down so small that we miss the big picture. While it might be valuable at times to have a defined sequence of events, much of our creativity isn’t driven by that method. If we get closed-minded, we can miss the boat. Maybe we solve the wrong problem. Maybe we miss out on new information. Maybe we mark an accomplishment and yet feel as if nothing was done. No matter what you might be feeling, you can shift your approach to your photography in a meaningful way by embracing a more chaotic approach to your path and consistently remind yourself that it might not be as simple as A to B to C.
Gear used in podcast
Autofocus or manual focus issues
Episode 249
I was recently helping a friend who was insistent that his camera lens needed to be adjusted because it wasn’t able to properly autofocus. I tried to tell him that it was likely a technique issue, but he was insistent. So he and I got together to test the lens, and sure enough, it was him and not the lens.
As I reflected on the experience, I got to thinking bout how many of us have a manual focus autofocus issue in our photography. In the old days, most people who missed focus would assume it was them and not the camera, but as automation comes into play with “better” technology, we seem to blame the gear quickly. In this week’s podcast, we talk about how we approach the source of a problem that can have reaching implications into our shooting and editing of our photographs. No matter what issues you face as a photographer, you will need to sort out how you will approach things when it turns out that it isn’t your camera but you that has an issue.
Gear used in podcast
Perspective is more than just about lenses
Episode 248
Most photographers, when they are learning about camera gear, learn that the lens controls the perspective. This isn’t exactly accurate; the subject to lens distance determines perspective along with the point of view. However, from a podcast a few weeks ago about fear, I was asked about perspective and meaningful photography. This week’s podcast is about how our perspective and approach to the things we photograph will be a cornerstone for what defines important personal photography.
Gear used in podcast
For the love of bad photographs
Episode 247
I don’t know a photographer who sets out to make or take bad photographs. Yet, we all come home with lots and lots of bad pictures. In this week’s podcast, we take a look at the value of the bad photograph. I feel too many photographers don’t take photographs for fear of the bad photo, but you have to respect the photographer that in the face of that fear is willing to pick up the camera and make photos every day. While most of us might want to avoid making them, I argue that there is value in appreciating and making bad photographs.
Gear used in podcast
Hardest thing to photograph
Episode 246
I have often wondered what people think is the hardest thing to photograph. When I have conversations about this, those conversations more often than not start with some technical aspects of photography. Learning how to use studio lighting, getting in a good location, or finding a unique vantage point are all topics I hear people talk about.
This week’s podcast focuses on what I feel is the hardest thing to photograph. That is the thing that causes us to feel fear or some reason. Maybe it is not photographing people for fear of rejection, or perhaps it is not figuring out what is unique about a location to you, so you end up with a cliched shot. No matter what you photograph, I would venture to say that at some point, you haven’t gotten the shot you wanted because of some fear. The challenge we all face is that in the face of that fear, can we still photograph. My guess is that when you take the risk, you end up with some fantastic photographs.
Gear used in podcast
Five pieces of gear for every camera bag
Episode 245
If you listen to this podcast for very long, you know that it isn’t really about camera gear, but this week I did want to focus on the five most essential pieces of gear you should always have in your camera bag.
Luckily, you can get all of these pieces of gear for little to no money, and many of you might even have them already around the house. The purpose of this equipment is not to add to your physical gear, but rather to shift your mental approach to your photography. Each one of these pieces of gear is about changing your approach to your work so that you can focus on the most favorable results, embrace any opportunity, and find motivation when things fall apart.
Here is the list of gear you should have in your bag for making better photographs.
- Copy of your favorite photo
- Book of favorite quotes
- Lucky object
- Padded seat
- Few dollars tucked in a pocket of your camera bag
Gear used in podcast
Updated: The act of giving and working without failure
Episode 244
In this week’s podcast, we take a look at two important questions that can have a significant impact on your approach to your photography.
The first question deals with our approach to failure. What would you do in your photography if there was no such thing as failure? Do you think if you took a risk, would you see the world in a new way?
The second question focuses on our notion of taking and giving in photography. If you could give one photo to someone, what would it be?
As you will hear in the podcast, most of this week’s work falls on you to think about and answer these questions. How would a failure-free, giving photographic experience look?
Gear used in podcast
Are you validating the wrong things?
Episode 243
I was recently having a gear conversation with a friend who was asking me to validate a decision they make on a new camera purchase. They wanted me to tell them that with that new camera they were going to be able to take the photographs they always wanted. I just couldn’t do that. Anyone who has listened to this podcast for a while knows that it isn’t the gear that makes the photo.
So this week’s podcast is all about the validation of our decision-making process and how it can impact our work. I encourage you to think about when and why you ask for validation of your work and creativity. Is it because you have already made a decision and you want someone to agree with you? At times, we all need to have our work validated and supported, but that is different from the need to have a decision you already made, and believe to be true, agreed with. That isn’t validation; it is something else. This week we focus on how focusing on validation for agreement sake isn’t always the best use of our time in our photography.
Gear used in podcast
Your mental approach is everything
Episode 242
I am always bothered when I hear people say that you are too optimistic, or you’re wearing rose-colored glasses. My response to them is always the same. Your damn right, I am. The outlook you have on life, and your creativity is the most significant decision you can make.
Now, this isn’t to say that I don’t worry, fret, or get stressed at times, but when that happens, I work to get back to a place where I can focus all that is good and great. I often hear photographers worry about new gear, software, techniques, or locations they would like to go. When they don’t have what they want, it is a problem for them. In this week’s podcast, we take al look at how that approach can be a huge block that leads to apathy in your work. As we dive into the topic, we talk about how a shift to positivity and excitement can do more for your creative life than any issue you imagine that you need to overcome to finally get the click you wanted.
Gear used in podcast
Do you ever feel like you are on a hot streak?
Episode 241
I have several friends who like to gamble. Poker and blackjack for the most part. When they are playing, they always talk about being on a hot streak or a cold streak. When it is good, things are hot, and the universe seems to give them the cards they need. When it is bad, well, it is bad.
I think many of us approach our photography in the same way. We remove the focus, effort, energy, and vision to an external source calling it a hot streak or luck. Luck is something that we see as a way of explaining a variety of events that are good or bad, where we seem to have no choice in the outcome. In this week’s podcast, we take a look at the idea of a hot streak and what it means to do meaningful work. Work that is personal and driven by our vision rather than by some hand of the universe, giving us the power to see.
Gear used in podcast
Do all photographs have to tell a story?
Episode 240
I have a quote from Gary Winogrand that says all photographs make a new fact. As I looked back on that quote, it got me thinking about how much narratives and storytelling come into photography. Anyone who has been introduced into photography in the last few years have been hit with the importance of storytelling and narratives in photographs.
In this week’s podcast, we take a look at the importance of narratives in photography and discuss how direct storytelling in a photograph might not be practical or even possible. As we consider the various options for storytelling, I encourage you to go back into your work and see where you might benefit from taking a different approach to your storytelling. See if you end up with a better overall photograph when you shift your approach. You might find that even if it is just a pretty composition with the write supporting context, something more important emerges.
Gear used in podcast
Traffic roundabouts and intentions in photography
Episode 239
I love being able to drive on a roundabout. If they are well designed, they make the traffic flow so much better, but if you haven’t ever driven on one, knowing what lane to be in can be problematic and stressful. As I was recently driving through a local roundabout, it reminded me of a question I am often asked. That question is, where do I point the camera to make a good photograph?
Part of pointing the camera is knowing what you like to see and understand in the world, and part of it is knowing what subjects/subject matter have stories to tell. Photography is about both. If you are only showing your version as a photographer, you are missing the point. The best images tell a story, and I make the argument in this week’s podcast that it should first and foremost be the story of the subject/subject matter. As a photographer, it is our job to tell that story the best way we can. So light, tones, color, and all the photography things are applied to ensure that the scene in front of the camera gets to shine. If the photograph is all about the photographer, that experience for the subject and ultimately the photo will be drastically different.
As you listen to the podcast, I encourage you to think about whose story you are telling and why. I encourage you to try to think of your work with the camera as more collaborative rather than an I story you want to tell.
Gear used in podcast
Ambiguity is a good thing
Episode 238
I find that it is sometimes difficult to work with a strong feeling of uncertainty. It doesn’t matter if it is technical, artistic, or just a feeling I have. I like to think that I have some clarity in my work and process. However, the reality is that I frequently don’t have a clear idea when I set out to work what might happen.
In this week’s podcast, I talk about the importance of accepting uncertainty and ambiguity in our photographic process. While it might be uncomfortable to work this way, I believe that the value of learning how to roll with the changes and finding inspiration from learning along the way is more valued than always having a hard correct interpretation.
I also think there is so much we can learn from spending time with the uncertainty of what we are working on at any given time. It is in that space of wonder that our creativity can produce the best results.
Gear used in podcast
Is your photography signature worthy?
Episode 237
I was recently asked if I sign my photographs. I found this to be such an interesting ask because it seems so simple on the surface and yet within it holds more profound questions. Our signatures carry power. A signature can bind you to an agreement, signify acceptance, and provide a notion of who you are. From signing checks (or a screen) when purchasing something to contracts to artwork, the signature says we accept this object or agreement as outlined.
As photographers, the signature on the work indicates that the work is finished and that we accept the work is as good as we can make it at the time. It is an agreement that we put on the work. The signature says the work is good enough, says what we want, and we are happy and moving on. This, of course, doesn’t mean we can’t improve on it later, but for now, this is what we’ve done.
In the related context, the idea of something being signature-worthy and if the work I create is signature-worthy comes up for many of us. In this week’s podcast, we talk about the idea and meaning of the signature and signature worthy work.
Gear used in podcast
Trapped and the value of help
Episode 236
I came into the studio early today and found a flying friend cruising around. I guess they came in the night before when I had the bigger door open. After some encouragement and strategic door opening, we were able to work together to get them on their way.
As I worked to get the little one out of the studio, I realized that they had a methodology of looking for a way out and I hadn’t freaked out about things flying by my head. Together we find a way to get someone home.
I think our creative life is a lot like this morning’s experience. There are so many ways and thoughts we each have that can get us trapped and stuck. In this week’s podcast, we take a look at some of those ways and some possible alternatives to getting ourselves unstuck and back to a creative place.
Gear used in podcast
Part A inserts into part R and twist
Episode 235
If you have ever tried to put together a piece of furniture from IKEA or have been pulling your hair out because your friend can’t give you good directions to their house, this week’s podcast is for you.
This week we take a look at how important it is to understand the instructions we are following when we do something creative like create a photograph. There is so much that goes into a photograph and processing of an image. I would argue that most of us aren’t aware of all the decisions we are making. There is an old phrase that says something like those who can’t teach, which is a load of garbage. Those who can’t explain what they are doing can’t teach. Teaching is a lot about understanding how, what, when, and why something is happening. If you really want to know how to do something, teach someone else.
That is a challenge that I am asking you to take on this week. I want you to create some instructions for how you take a photograph and edit a picture. Then use those instructions to teach you about your process. What have you missed, skipped, repeated, or do for no reason you can figure out. Then examine what you can shift to try and find a new way to access your creative process. One of the most significant challenges we often face is understanding why we do something. By slowing way down and focusing on the smallest task, we might find some insight into why we make our work.
Gear used in podcast
Upside down and backwards
Episode 234
I was recently at an art opening that had several photographs of interesting abstractions. Images of plants, buildings, and objects all taken and presented as abstract objects. In listening to people talk about the work, I heard people discussing what they saw in the images or what they thought the actual object in the photograph was. I also observed that many people would tilt their head left or right to gain a new perspective. That tilting reminded me of working with a large-format camera which flips an image upside down and backwards.
In this week’s podcast, we talk about the advantages of using the power of flipping the perspective of an image to help us better understand the nature of seeing, editing, composing and creating more well-seen images. Sometimes to gain an insight into more meaningful work, we need to see the world differently.
Gear used in podcast
Dangers of too much
Episode 233
There are many traps out there to keep us from making the types of photography that we want to create. Some of them are simple to see, while others are more complex in nature. As I was sitting in the studio watching my dog flip the pillows off the sofa she gets to sit on; it occurred to me that too much of something, even a pillow on a couch, might be a bad thing.
In this week’s podcast, we take a look at the impact of too much of something and what that can do to your photography and creative living. The two topics of gear and processing we quickly gloss over so that we can turn our attention to the impacts of talking too much, seeing too much and having too much time for our work.
Each of those areas can be useful and helpful in our photography, but when we have too much of any of them, it can cause us to derail our work. So let’s take a look at those three areas and how we can avoid getting snared in their traps.
Gear used in podcast
Religion, politics and photography
Episode 232
I think everyone has been to a party where politics and religious topics were not allowed, or you wish they were banned from the family holidays or summer parties. Both of these topics seem to bring out the worst in people’s conversational behaviors, and unless you recently underwent a huge personal journey, you are unlikely to change your opinion because of something some said about god over wine coolers.
In this week’s podcast, I take a look at how we approach hard and unapproachable topics in our photography. Like religion and politics, are there topics in photography that you argue to argue or are bothered so much by the method, gear, or process that you can’t look at the work objectively.
As you identify these taboo topics in your photography, I would challenge you to find a way to make the conversation better by listening more and trying to find a way to appreciate the risk and work someone does to create their photographs. As creators, artist, and viewers of photography (and art), I feel we have a responsibility to find a way to support others in meaningful and honest ways that don’t end up in conversational levels of Dante’s Inferno like religion and politics seem to often end up.
Gear used in podcast
The art of giving up
Episode 231
At some point, we all want to quit. For a host of reasons, we might want to call it a day. Maybe we are tired, bored, fearful, or lost. No matter the cause at some point in your photography, you will want to move on. For some, it might be moving on from just a project. For others, it might be from photography in general.
This week’s podcast takes a look at the art of giving up. The process of letting go so that we can remove the old and make room for the new. A chance to find that we can continue to create and build on our experiences in life to become better than we were yesterday. While giving up doesn’t always have to happen, and some times giving up is done for the wrong reasons, we can sometimes find peace and joy when we celebrate the good that comes from starting a new.
Gear used in podcast
The sum of the parts or the parts of the sum?
Episode 230
When you look at an inkblot test, you might see something strange or unusual. You also are likely to see something that someone else might not see. Each of us sees something unique and different, which is why I think many of us are photographers. We find that photography helps us be able to say something about how we see the world around us.
As photographers, we are responsible for the entirety of the frame. We are responsible for what is in the frame, out of the frame, and how everything overlaps and exist in the frame. This week’s podcast focuses on how we see those parts and how they make up the whole of the frame. We also talk about how to approach working on identifying those parts to make better photographs by seeing how the parts make up the frame and how the frame is also just a part of something bigger.
Gear used in podcast
Updated: Are you setting the right goals?
Episode 229
There are many ways that people measure success. One of the more common ones that I hear people talk about is achieving goals. Goals are milestones that we set to help us keep focused on attaining something in the future. Some goals can be very short-term, while others might last a lifetime.
In this week’s podcast, we take a look at the impact goal-setting can have on your productivity and enjoyment of your photography. While goals can be critical to helping you achieve what you want in your creative life, setting the wrong goals, or keeping the wrong goals can be a detriment to success. By taking a hard look at how, why, and when you complete a goal can tell you a lot about your creative process.
It doesn’t matter if you are working on business goals, technical goals, personal goals, or some other type of goal; learning how goals affect your work is essential to get what you want. If a goal isn’t right and not working, it might be time for a new goal. Also, if goals are getting in the way of your work, it might be time to stop setting goals and spend time exploring what freedom of time looks like.
Gear used in podcast
How noise can diminish your photography
Episode 228
This week’s podcast focuses on noise reduction in photography. Now you might be thinking that we are going to be talking about how to use the software in Lightroom, Photoshop or other tools to reduce the noise caused by higher ISO settings in digital photography but that is not the case. I am talking about the noise in our heads as we try to make new photographs or look at photographs.
There is so much rattling around our head when working, and trying to silence the noise is key to creating new work. In our house, the silence was golden, and that is still true today. If we can learn to silence the sound we created, in that empty void, we can create amazing work.
In the podcast, we will take a look at the impact of decision-making styles, interruptions, and how we make choices as ways to combat too much noise in our work. Hopefully, you will be able to find some quiet time and reconnect with your internal process for making decisions and celebrate your process as part of your creative life.
Gear used in podcast
Is over-planning impacting your photography?
This week’s podcast focuses on something that has impacted my photography and creative practice more than once–over-planning. When I am getting ready for a big trip or photographic adventure, I do a lot of research about where, when, and what to photograph. All that research can sometimes come in handy, but other times, this results in my over-planning my time costing me some photographic opportunities.
In my own process, I have found over-planning shows up and causes me some angst in five primary ways. I don’t think one is worse than another, but each can cause problems. Those areas in no particular order are:
- over-packing too much gear
- getting too much information to process
- can’t react at the moment
- can’t respond to cool changes in the plan
- disappointment.
These five things often show up when I over-plan and don’t properly plan for my shoots. Do any of these show up in your process or do you have others not mentioned that happen when you over-plan an adventure?
Gear used in podcast
Games played and a lost and found
Why photographs should read, draw and sit still
I get asked all the time what it takes to be a better photographer. Is there a class to take or a book to read? I always come back to the basics that photography is about seeing, telling a story, and finding your sense of self in your work. This week’s podcast talks about the importance and value of taking the time to draw and sketch, reading all types of books and finally the importance of learning to observe the world around you.
Gear used in podcast
The challenge of should and would
In this week’s podcast, we take a look at the impacts of talking about the effects of the should and would in our creative photography. So much of what we do as photographers is damaged when we focus on what we should be doing and what we would be doing rather than what we are doing in the present.
In my own experience, should and would are indicators of living in the past or future rather than focusing on what I am doing now in the present. What I would do is future based, and what I should be doing is out of guilt from the past. As discussed in the podcast, there is a huge benefit from learning to let go of saying should and would and embracing the power of focusing on what you are doing right now.
Gear used in podcast
Does fear of missing out cost you?
I have several friends who are obsessed with the news. They watch it for 18 hours a day. They worry that something will happen that they might miss. Something will trend that they don’t know about. In this week’s podcast, we talk about how that fear of missing out can show up in three ways that could impact your creative process.
The first topic is chasing trends. Everyone has something they love, but it is hard some times to no jump on the popular bus that everyone seems to be riding. If you give up what you love to chase a trend, what does that cost your creativity?
The second area is the importance of getting out of your head. Does the need to be in the know cause you to make us all sorts of stories that aren’t true that you can’t let go. Does your creativity suffer from being wrapped up inside your internal monologues?
Finally, we talk about how fear and failure go hand in hand. The fear of missing out can lead to how you contextualize failure. If you redefine failure, does that shift your fear of missing out from a failure to know into something more productive?
Gear used in podcast
Small Rituals Big Results
I was cleaning a bookshelf in the study and came back across Mason Currey’s Daily Rituals. In the book, Mason details the daily rituals that artist and creatives spend their day. As I flipped back thru the book, I got to thinking about the small things that we do and how they can make a huge difference in our approach to photography and creativity.
In my case, something as simple as taking the cap off my favorite fountain pen tells me that something significant is happening. It doesn’t mean that what I write is great, but that everything I do with that pen makes me happier than when I use a different pen. Cleaning the nozzles for each printer in the studio every Friday reminds me of the importance of printing in my work.
As you think about your little routines, I am sure that you might find something that, when you do it, makes everything seem better or more significant to your work. This week’s podcast explores some of those rituals and how we can try to find ways to improve on what we do by celebrating those small rituals by making more significant results in our work.
Gear used in podcast
A numbers game
I recently saw a roadside coffee stand to offer 64oz lattes. That is about 1.8 liters for those of you on the metric system. It is a huge latte. It reminded me of being a kid when 7-11 introduced the Big Gulp, which is now tiny by today’s drink offerings. All of those numbers got me thinking about the impact of numbers on our photography in an age of computation.
Numbers drive so much of our photography. Shutter speeds, f/stops, star rankings, slider amounts, ISO and so many more numbers it is hard to say that numbers in the photograph don’t matter. However, I would argue that we spend too much time focused on the numbers and not what matters in the photograph, which is the heart. When we look at a photograph, we should be thinking about the numbers we should be thinking about how we feel, think, and respond to the image.
In this week’s podcast, I talk about how to approach your work so that you can remove much of the distraction of the numbers game and try to focus and return to the core of your photograph that lies in your heart and soul.
Gear used in podcast
Ever seen a movie that ran a little too long?
I recently watched a movie that felt a little too long. The overall concept was good. The action was good. The directing was good. The acting was good. The movie just felt like it was about 15 minutes too long. A little trim of some scenes here or there would have tightened up the film and made it better. I am sure if you think about your own viewing experience, you can come up with a movie or two that was the same.
So how does that translate into our photography? Much like a movie, our editing process, behind the camera and in the darkroom, requires us to make sure we put enough information into the story to provide all the necessary context to follow along, and at the same time, remove any unnecessary parts to keep the story from wondering. It is one of the significant challenges we have in making interesting photographs. Where is the intersection point between too much and not enough?
As you consider your approach to your photography, thinking about all the ways you try to reduce your approach with gear, language, techniques, remember that to tell the most straightforward and most compelling story that you need to be mindful of the long edit effect.
Gear used in podcast
Do you edit yourself out of your work?
We all spend a tremendous amount of time and energy, learning our style, voice, and vision as an artist. Unfortunately, it can become easy to fall into bad habits, quick filters, and popular trends that result in us editing our photographs to meet some other objective than our voice.
In this week’s podcast, I take a look a how editing yourself out of your photographs can be easy to do, and the impact it can have on your work. I also talk about some ways you can look back at your images from previous editing sessions to spot issues, trends, or incorrectly applied techniques to identify problem areas. Once identified, you can start to edit the photos again leaning into your own process, identity, and voice to create a photograph that is more reflective of the true you rather than an arbitrary you. We are always growing and chasing who we are as a creative artist, but editing yourself out of your work, intentional or not, is a much harder road to making work that really matters to you.
Gear used in podcast
Following breadcrumbs to your passions
Much like Hansel and Gretel, we often need to leave ourselves a way to get back home or to our creative place. If we use bread like Hansel and Gretel, we can easily get lost finding our way home. In this week’s podcast, I talk about how important it is to find your passion in your work and how to set some breadcrumbs to help you when you get lost.
One of the hardest parts of working today is trying to find a way to keep what you are passionate about first and front in your work. Too many times, we might find ourselves trying to do work that what we are supposed to be making rather than what feeds our souls when we create. By making a list and spending time on figuring out what makes us feel the passion in our work and things that don’t, we can focus on the more essential parts of our work. This focus will help you keep going in your own creative life when you feel like things might be spinning out of control.
Getting focus and clarity on what matters most to you will help you do work that matters. Not work that is currently trending or fad dependent but rather work you can look back on and love years down the road.
Gear used in podcast
Are you a how, why or where?
I have been working as a photographic educator for a long time. I have noticed in working with others something that has mirrored my own education as an artist which is the approach to viewing photographs.
In this podcast, we break down the basic approach someone might take to view a photograph either their own or someone else’s work. I have identified three main buckets that I think people fit into to when looking at work.
The first bucket is the how bucket. This bucket is the biggest bucket and has people focus on asking questions about a photograph was made. What as the filter, camera, flash, etc. In many ways, it is the least informative set of questions, but I believe it is asked so much because we think there is a technical skill or reason we like a photograph or not.
The second bucket is why you took a photograph. This bucket is all about understanding the reason you pushed the shutter. What about the image did you like enough that you would click the button on the camera.
The third bucket, and most significant in my opinion is the where bucket. Not as in where were you physically standing, but where were you in your heart and soul when you clicked the shutter. What was in all aspects of your being when you made the photograph. What are the aspects of your being when you look at the photograph?
All three have value, but I think that if you spend the time to understand where you were in your life, thoughts and being when you created your images you might find a path to your best work.
Gear used in podcast
Routine is a winding road
Do you have to be right?
Do you better your subjects?
As photographers, we are always trying to make our photos better. We might work with new camera gear, make editing enhancements in the darkroom or try out some technique in Photoshop. We are always trying to make the best photograph possible.
In this week’s episode focuses on the importance of bettering not just the photograph but the subject of the photograph as well. Where is the source of your work coming from and what is its intention? Does your work come from ego alone or are you trying to make something bigger than yourself?
As we work with our subjects, do we make sure that they get as much from the experience as the photographer does? As I explore this topic, we talk about how to find a real connection with your subjects and how to make sure that you aren’t just enhancing your images but also what you put in front of the lens.
Gear used in podcast
March madness and photography

Every March in the US brings a bit of crazy to the workplace. The NCAA march madness tournament begins. This one and done competition has become a big focus of both all types of sports fans. Even people who don’t usually care about sports will fill out a bracket in their office pool. If you don’t know about the tournament, it starts with some play in games but gets set with 64 teams all trying to win the national championship for college basketball. The great part of the three weeks is that sometimes David does slay Goliath. The other big part of the season is that tons of people fill out a bracket in an attempt to figure out who will win what game and advance to the next round. Points are given, and dollars exchanged. It does bring an office together.
However, as I no longer fill out a bracket and do the office thing, I did start to wonder could all the hype of the NCAA tourney be brought back into our creative practice. This week’s podcast is about how to use the craze and hype of bracketology to help us better our photograph and visual literacy.
The first game is to select your 64 best images and put them into the bracket, and run images head to head to find your best. Remembering that it is a seeded tournament, so you have to break apart your one seeds from your two seeds. Upsets occur all the time to a 16 seed can beat a one seed. Second, you can list out your 64 biggest issue you have with your photography no matter how big or small and then use the bracket to help you narrow down your focus to only what needs your attention. Your final four eliminates 60 other things you think you need to focus on but can likely let go. Feel free to download the empty bracket to get you started.
Gear used in podcast
That song is driving me crazy
Ever get a song stuck in your head? One that loops or part of it loops, over and over again. It just won’t seem to go away like a never-ending punishment for some karma thing you did. It turns out that part of the reason this happens is that we can’t finish the song or remember the rest of the song. In many cases, just listening to the song will help us move past the mind-numbing loop.
Our photograph can be a little like that at times. We have some aspect of our work or our process that never seems to finish. We can’t let it go either, so it loops over and over. We might try to avoid it, but we know that it will just keep coming back. In this week’s podcast, we take a look at how these loops can happen in our work and in some ways they impact what we do and how to break the cycle.
Gear used in podcast
Stick a fork in it
Listening to a couple at a restaurant recently, I overheard one of them say stick a fork in me I am done. After what I presume to be a big meal, they were not going to finish their meal. Over the coming days, I got to wondering about can we stick a fork in our photograph and be done? Are we ever full?
This week’s podcast examines some of the reasons why I don’t think you can stick a fork into your photography. From editing to inspiration to learning a new craft, there is so much that we are taking in from all aspects of photography that we aren’t ever really done. We might be done with a print or an edit, but even then we learn from that image as we look at it on the wall or the screen. That looking informs us of how to approach the next picture. As you look at your work and process, I am sure that there are times that feel like being done, but if you look back at your past work and imagine work in the future, I imagine that you to might realize there is no fork for photography.
Gear used in podcast
Inspiration requires a little work
Watching the bees get to work in the garden reminded me of the importance of inspiration AND the work to get inspired. Inspiration is a topic that comes up a lot among my artist friends. We talk about how we get it, find it, avoid it and respond to it. As I sit and listen to them talk, it occurred to me that inspiration is a process; not the actual inspiration, but the rituals that lead up to your inspiration.
In this week’s podcast, I talk about the importance of recognizing the things that you do before you feel inspired. Maybe it is writing with a favorite pen or drinking your morning coffee in a special cup. By noticing what you do before you feel inspired can help you understand what you need to do again to feel inspired. Your challenge this week is to spend the time to recognize what happens in the days, hours and moments before your inspiration moving you to create.
Gear used in podcast
Check your attitude at the door
There is a great quote by Robert Henri about attitude.
Everything depends on the attitude of the artist toward his [their] subject.
In this week’s podcast we talk about how our attitude towards our photography, subject, learning and viewing photographs can make a huge difference in our ability to view and see through the camera. Waking up on the wrong side of the bed or starting the day off great can make a huge difference in how you process the days events. My challenge to you during and after listening to the podcast is to find a way to check your attitude all the time and make sure that you really putting into your work the experience, ideas and feelings you want to have with the work. If you want sad, angry or bland work for some reason then do so with intention. Make sure that no matter what you are doing in your creative life it is with the approach and passion you want.
Gear used in podcast
Are technically good photos well seen?
This week’s podcast is a free form rant of sorts about how we talk about seeing in photography. While there are skills necessary to understand how and why a photograph might be seen as a good photograph, that doesn’t mean it was well seen. Knowing that using the rule of thirds and a blue shirt in an image makes people respond to it more doesn’t say it was well seen.
Seeing a photograph is about more than having a good composition or technical skill set. It is about something more and more profound that has to come from inside each of us. So this week, I spent a lot of time thinking about how we see and view images and why is it that seeing well is so hard. Without much of an outline or script, I spent the time in front of the mic riffing on so of the randomness that comes to mind.
Gear used in podcast
Thinking about space in compositions
If you have ever taken or seen a pole coming out of someone’s head in a photograph, you know the problem with making a 3D world appear on a 2D medium.
When we compress three-dimensional space into two, things that should have distance between them are reduced or disappear. In some cases, they might even seem farther apart than they are. Either way, as photographers our goal is to be able to understand better how to tell the story we want in our image and use the spatial effect to our advantage.
In this week’s podcast, I talk about how to think about and approach foreground, mid-ground and background areas of your photograph. Starting by focusing on where the subject or subject matter is in the picture and how to make sure the elements of light, tone, color, and shape all help separate the subject from the environment or place it in the environment. I also talk about how to make sure each object in the frame has the appropriate space around them so the can breathe and allow for a movement of light, tone, and texture to build depth into the image.
Finally, I have an exercise for you to do that should hopefully help you see and separate objects and the various background and foreground objects.
Don’t forget if you are a fan of the podcast, you can always leave a review or drop me a line with any topics you might be interested in hearing about.
Gear used in podcast
A big thanks to Opportunity
This week’s podcast is thanks and tribute to the Opportunity rover, JPL and NASA. Opportunity was designed to run for 90 days and cover 1000 meters on Mars. Rather than just meeting mission objectives, Opportunity ran for 15 years and covered more than 28 miles on the red planet.
As I got to thinking about how Opportunity didn’t shy away from being more than a set of mission objectives, I began to wonder what lessons from Opportunity could be applied to photography and creative living. So in honor of Opportunity and the Opportunity team, I decided to think about how what Opportunity did could make a difference in my photography.
Gear used in podcast
Time is more than shutter speeds
As you think about your approach to photography, there are only a couple of factors that come into play. At its most basic level, photography is light and time.
In this week’s podcast, I talk about how our approach to time can have huge impacts on how we create and view our photographs. Behind the camera, time is one way we bound the frame. We might limit time to fractions of a second, or we can extend it for days, weeks or months. However, what is it about time not behind that camera that causes such dramatic changes in our approach to photography.
It doesn’t matter if you are making your art for art sake, to learn to live or some other reason. How you find ways to extend, step out of time and return to times that matter are foundational in your approach to your work. In my process, I find that how ideas are found and lost, my approach to living with a print and the speed at which I feel I need to work all have impacts on my work. I hope that in the podcast, you find a way to think about your approach to time and how to get the most out of it.
Gear used in podcast
Abundance and fear in our work
I have been in several conversations over the past few weeks about the impacts of fear in our lives. It doesn’t matter if you are talking politics, art or families, fear can show up in many ways.
As I got to thinking about how fear shows up in my work and what is at the root of my fear, I realized that in my creative life and photography I could work from the limits of fear or lean into abundance. This week’s podcast is about how fear can show up in our work and the value of focusing more on the wealth that comes from our creative wells.
Gear used in podcast
Depth of the photograph
I was asked recently to help a friend understand how to use depth of field on a new camera. They had always been using an iPhone and just wanted to know how to use that feature of their camera.
The idea of depth stuck in my head as a critical aspect of the photograph from the depth and illusion created by the paper to the emotional connection to the work. There are always layers and depths to a photograph. In this week’s podcast, we talk about three key elements to depth in photography.
First, I discuss the impact of matte versus glossy papers and how they can shift our focus from the photograph as an object to the subject as a focus in print. Second, I talk about how emotional depth allows us to connect to work in a more meaningful way. Finally, I focus on how we can create more depth in our community by avoiding common critique traps and focusing on real relationships with people that can help move our work forward.
Gear used in podcast
Podcast #202 Do you know a bad photograph?
I have been struggling lately trying to understand why so many more bad photographs are out there. Part of it is a volume game. Part of it is an education game. However, I am not focusing on the bad photographs from someone who doesn’t aspire to make great photographs. This weeks’ podcast is focused on why a photographer who wants to make great work continue to put out bad photographs.
As I spent time reflecting on this, I realized that we spend so much time consuming bad photography that it impacts how we see behind the camera. Like eating nothing but junk food, it is hard to be healthy when nothing good is consumed. So how do we get better? We spend time looking at better work. Look at photo books, museums, and photographers we respect. Spending time with great works inspires us to do great work.
To be better at making good photography, we need to find a way to consume good photography. By removing and eliminating the terrible part of our visual diet, we can work to see better and make better photographs. Sure junk food now and then is ok, but you can’t live on cake alone.
Gear used in podcast
Value of note taking
One of the most overlooked skills to develop as a photographer is good note taking habits. Before the wealth of data provided by digital cameras, note taking was essential to understanding your exposure, subject matter and development needs.
Outside the understanding the technical aspects of photography, note taking can also help you to relate and connect with your work in the field. Note taking can help you remember the emotions, feelings, and sensory experiences you were having while taking a photograph. Because photographs lack all the senses outside of seeing, it is easy to forget that smell, texture or taste might compel us to make a photograph. By taking notes, you can help remind yourself of the experience or better yet figure out how to incorporate that experience into your photograph before you click the shutter.
In the end, we all want to make better photographs. Taking notes can help you learn more about your technical and artistic choices faster. You will have a record of why you did what you did and a solid foundation to build from when you can reference what you were thinking at the time.
Gear used in podcast
Giving Thanks
This is the 200th episode of the podcast. Eva, my australian shepherd, is in the studio today like always. She wanted to remind me that it is the 1400 dogcast. Anyway, dog humor aside, this week’s podcast is about being thankful for connecting with photography. There have been so many people who have influenced my work over the years, and many of them have no idea how much impact they have had. Over the course of the week where I was thinking about those people, I got to thinking about how important photography is in connecting us.
So as we turn into 2019, I hope that you find ways to use your photography to connect with others by sharing, talking about and viewing the work of others. Using your photography not just to work on skills and technique, but rather to find a way to build real connections to people by sharing ideas, stories and feelings in the capture of light.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Hardest thing in photography
This week’s podcast starts with a quick rant against people who review photography gear, products, and methods which they haven’t ever used the product. I am amazed at how many people use a product for a few minutes, hours or never use the product and still feel qualified to write a review. If you find people who are writing or speaking about products they don’t use, it might be worth your time to find a different reviewer.
The main topic of this week’s podcast is about the hardest thing in photography. In my work with others and more hours than I care to admit in my introspection, I feel like the hardest thing to do in photography is be authentic without reacting to our insecurities. The willingness to stick to who we are as photographers against a tidal wave of opinions telling us to do or be something else is so hard. We are inundated with people telling us to be something else, photograph something else, or try something new when really what we should be doing is focusing on how amazing the chance to see through the lens and experience more of ourselves photographing things we love. That is the essence of photography. Being amazed by the world around us and finding our connection to the places, people, subjects and emotions. Yet, there is so much noise around us telling us to be something else. The gear we need. Lessons to learn. Things to avoid because others photograph them. Learning to turn off everything that keeps us from being who we are and were meant to be might just be the hardest part of photography.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #198 Feeling Exhausted?
As the end of the year draws closer, I keep hearing more and more people talk about how tired they are. The holiday season and current state of the world has so many people I know feel like they are burning a very short candle at both ends. This week’s podcast is focused on how we get to the point of exhaustion and some ways to hold, live with and move through the experience. I know in my own practice the regular everyday life events keep me busy. When you compound holidays, the loss of my brother a year ago, ever-changing software to learn, photos to take and so many other parts of my photography to keep on top of, it can be so hard to stay on top of it all.
So this week, I have opted to talk about being exhausted and how we can find better ways to support each other with meaningful conversations, support, and relationships. In our becoming more connected to each other, giving up on everything knowing that less indeed is more and reconnecting with the air and ground around us that will help us all get through our being tired and allow us to find new and exciting ways to create our work.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #197 Different doesn’t mean original
In rereading The Zen of Creativity again, I discovered a paragraph where he talks about how being different doesn’t make you original or unique in your creative practice. This week’s podcast dives into how we approach our photography and photographic work as it relates to originality. You often read about how important it is to be different in photography to stand out from the crowd. Yet, when you look at photographs are they really that unique or even that different. I many cases, photos often look the same even when different. So what is it that we should focus on rather than just trying to be different. Originality comes from the work origin which in turn means from the source or place where something arises or is derived. It isn’t applying something different in the darkroom or photoshop. Originality comes from a new source or place. Shouldn’t our goal be to find originality in our work rather than just trying to be different?
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #196 Season of giving
I get asked by family and friends this time of year what makes a good gift for a photographer. In past years, I have talked about books or gear that I think might make for a nice gift. This year I wanted to return to this idea but provide some other gift options that I think most photographers could appreciate but might not ask for.
- If you are a photographer, give you photographs to family and friends. Nothing is more meaningful than a gift from the heart you created. This gift will also force you to finish your images and make some prints which is always good practice.
- Give meaningful feedback about someone’s work. Take the time to send the photographer an email or take them out for coffee and really talk about what their work or one of their projects. The feedback will mean so much for than a passing like on a social media app.
- Give away old cameras so that others can start their road into photography.
- Give or create a space for you to be creative. Give up on the pressure of making something, improving, selling and try to relax and remember that it was the love of photography that got you started with the camera.
- This year I am recommending books not related to photography, but to other interest, a photographer might have. It might inspire them to do more work or help them better understand a project or photograph they have undertaken.
- Tickets to a museum to see some art.
It really doesn’t matter if you give gifts or celebrate the season or not. Any time of the year is a good time to celebrate friends and family and the magic of photography.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #195 We all live in Crazytown
We all have a house in crazy town. As much as we like to think that our crazy thoughts, insecurities, and ideas are unique, if you spend time talking to any creative person, you will quickly find that they have crazy thoughts too. In this week’s podcast, I spend some time talking about how we live and work in crazy town. I hope that once you learn about your own sense of crazy that you might find support and friendship by sharing your own version of crazy with others.
Sometimes when we share, we learn that we all suffer the same insecurities, fears, hopes, and dreams. If we spend time only focusing on our own story and voice inside our heads, we can go crazy. By sharing and listening to the stories of others, sometimes we can break down those fears and barriers that hold us back.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #194 Should it be easy?
When you read content on the Internet, you will eventually run across material that falls along the lines of five easy steps to a good photograph or three easy ways to make killer portraits. There are literally thousands of these lists. I imagine I have written several myself over the years.
The weeks leading up to recording this week’s podcast have got me thinking about this idea that things should be easy in photography. I mean should photography be easy? In my own work and in helping others, I have had countless conversations about how hard it is to make work, so I wonder about the disconnect between easy and hard. The struggles of the time, energy, inspiration and sharing all come up over an over again. I personally feel that there is much to be learned and gained in the person who in the face of things not being easy continues to work forward and create new work. I also believe that it isn’t always easy for anyone no matter what they say.
Our challenge is to find that there is something to be gained by working when it is hard and yet have the wisdom to know that great images might appear simple and easy but that doesn’t mean the work leading up to them was. Sometimes simple and easy are not the same just as hard to create doesn’t mean something is right.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #193 Are you self-conscious about being a photographer?
I sometimes feel bad that I don’t make better or more exciting photographs. I look at images online or in books and think I really need some help. Yet, other people can look at my images and tell me how much they love them and think they are amazing. So why do I spin into thinking my work lacks something. It is because I get self-conscious about the quality of my work and the value of my work in the field of photography.
I think it is easy to get stuck thinking about why our work isn’t good enough to share, or we share our work and don’t understand why someone else with worse photographs gets more recognition, and we spiral. I think it is easy to let self-doubt creep into our work and keep us from moving forward. We worry about the past, the future, the opinions of people we don’t care about, and as a result, we don’t make our own art. We try to do the work to please others, which won’t be our work.
This week’s podcast is about how our self-conscious and self-doubt can impact our work. We also talk about how being kind, honest, present in the moment and learning to accept that we make mistakes can all help us start to take steps forward again to making meaningful work.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #192 Distance and intimacy in photography
Someone asked me recently about what is the correct distance to shoot a photograph. I was a first taken back by the question because it seemed a little strange to me. After digging a little, it was apparent that the photographer was interested in making sharp photographs. So we talked depth of field and subject distance impacts as options. However, the topic got me thinking more and more about distance as it relates to intimacy in photography.
In my experiences, one of the most significant indicators of a great photograph is the level of intimacy between the photographer and subject/subject matter. You can feel it when you looked at a picture when the photographer was really connected to the work. As we continue to find ways to see the difference in the world, I feel that we strongly desire a connection to people and place. In our photographs, if we can find a way to make more intimate relationships to the objects on the other side of the lens, we might just see that our true intimacy comes from building real ties to those people, places, and things. Even in a fleeting moment, we can find respect and harmony and trust through the lens. So in this week’s podcast, we take a dive into what intimacy might do for our work.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #191 Imagination and our photographic process
I have always been amazed by people who are willing to share their imaginations with others. The more fantastic the story, the better. For me personally, I think we all have those stories in us, but for some reason, many of us don’t share them. In this week’s podcast, we are going all in on the importance of imagination in our photography.
This doesn’t mean that you are doing compositing or making crazy sets to photograph, but it is about really allowing your storytelling to be about the worlds you live in and imagine every day. Sharing the fantastic of what you experience. In the podcast, I talk about how imagination in my cats to kids all showcase how everyday things become amazing, but we as adults often forget how to allow that to escape. Or even worse, we treat it as crazy. At the end of the podcast, I give you a couple of ideas to help you connect with your inner imagination and hopefully find a way to let it out through the camera.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #190 Light , time and ambiguity in photography
In this week’s podcast, we focus on how at the core essence of photography is two things: light and time. Without either of those, there is no photograph. Yet, most photographers know that there is more to a photograph than those two elements. One of the most significant aspects of talking about and reading a picture that often gets overlooked is ambiguity in the photograph. This ambiguity of time, content and context are also crucial to our understanding of the photograph.
Much like our memory, a photograph is only a fragmented representation of what happened in front of the camera. So, if we are to understand what makes a good photograph or how to create a good photograph, how do we deal with ambiguity and issues of time when looking at and creating work.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #189 Focus on the ideas
If you read about photography and critical thinking in photography, much of that writing is about the importance of ideas and thematic concepts in art. It doesn’t matter if it essay’s from Brook Jensen’s Lenswork magazine over other year, Critical Thinking in Photography, Art in America, Allard’s The Visual Storyteller or some other book. The idea behind the image is what makes the image interesting. In a simple form, it is the why you take the photograph verse the how you take a photograph.
As we create and build more interesting photographs, we convey and communicate more exciting ideas. When photos fail, it is often because they lack clarity of the purpose or reason behind the photograph. Now, this isn’t to say that you always have to understand or have a reason to take a picture, but as you try to understand why some images work better than others, it might be in the concept. Yet, a great thought without great execution also makes for visual disinterest. If all you have is a great idea, it becomes hard for your audience, even an audience of one, to relate the sub-par work back to the idea. They need to work hand in hand. This week’s podcast is all about how ideas need to be at the focus of our curiosity and photography.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #188 Authenticity in photography
To thine own self be true.
-Polonius in Shakespeare’s Hamlet
In Hamlet, Polonius provides some last words of wisdom to his son as he gets on the next boat for Paris. While this quote has been stated over and over again, I think it’s something that is still true for photographers today. At the core of the quote is how you have to take care of yourself first so that you can take care of others. Of course, if you know Hamlet, you know that even for Polonius this is easier said than done.
In this week’s podcast, we talk about the importance of authenticity in our photography and creativity. At the end of the day, we can only create the things that are inside of our own head and experiences. To create real authentic work, we have to create work that is true to who we are. That is our genuine work. However, it is easy to avoid creating meaningful work because of fears, regrets and a host of other emotions. The challenge we all face is to work with all our feelings and reactions and find a way to create photographs that are reflective of who we are today and what beautiful worlds we see for tomorrow. In the podcast, I talk about how I look at and respond to my work and the challenges and hopefully offer up some ideas for you to use to step forward in creating your own meaningful work.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #187 Importance in finding shades of grey
The simple question of “Are you a black and white photographer?” caused me to shift my approach to my own work. The question while simple enough invoked in me an acknowledgment that much of my reaction and experiences of the world could be at the extreme edges. The black and white so to speak.
However, in my experience as a creative person, the experiences that matter most were in the shades of grey between the black and white. The beauty of the world and the photograph were in how all of the tones and shades could come together to make a more fulfilling photograph. As I got to thinking more about this, I realized that my own creative practice suffers when I only see my work at the edges and forget to seek out the beauty and wisdom that comes from those shades of grey.
In this week’s podcast, I talk about how those differences and the awareness of what it does to my creative practice to live at the extremes can limit what I am able to create and see in the world. As I dig into this topic, I try to encourage you to spend time identifying your extremes and how you might be able to find between those extremes the importance of seeing all the shades of grey.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #186 This isn’t horseshoes
When I was growing up, I always heard the phrase: Close only counts in horseshoes, and atomic bombs. Later in my career, I had a boss who always said: “good isn’t good enough, and perfection is the enemy of done.” These two phrases have been bubbling up a lot for me in recent weeks during my photography.
In this week’s podcast, we take a look at how these two phrases can help us better understand what is working and not working in our photography. Whether you are missing focus, composition, framing, settings or timing in your photographs, when things that need to be right are off, even just a little, it can cause huge issues for a photograph. If things in your work are close but not close enough, it can give you a roadmap or way to think about the skills to develop and practice.
At the same time, if you have areas where you obsess over getting it exactly right, then you might find that you are not getting your work done because you are unable to finish. In that case, it is about finding the balance between your need to have something perfect and more than just good.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #185 Are you doing Hollywood remakes?
There is a remake or reboot trend that many of my friends talk about with Hollywood movies and television shows. Sure there are some reasons to reboot or remake a movie or show. Maybe it was awful the first time, but the source material was excellent. Or, perhaps there is a modern sensibility to bring to the work. However, in many cases, it can feel like it is laziness or an unwillingness to take a risk on something new and original.
When you look at your own photographs do you see them as something original or are you starting to do a bunch of remakes and reboots? In this week’s podcast, we talk about how to look at your photograph and examine your work so that you can get out of the rebooting loop and get back to the craft of seeing and telling your own unique stories.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #184 What drives your passion?
When you are in school and getting ready to graduate, or you are starting to look for a job, you often hear advice from people about what to do with your life. Much of that advice was summarized in the book What color is your parachute. In that book, at the core is finding something you are good at and something you have a passion for and where those intersect you can find your ideal job.
Photography and our passion for doing work that we like often have that same interaction. In this week’s podcast, I talk about how some of the lessons in finding what we are inspired to do and can do in life can apply to your photography. We also talk about how for many of us those passions fall into a bucket list and that maybe, just maybe, we shouldn’t be making a bucket list but instead doing what we really love.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #183 Packing list to create for a trip that don’t involve gear
I love to travel and take pictures, and fall is my favorite season. In this week’s podcast, we talk about some of the lists that you need to make to be successful when you travel. While most people know to make a list of equipment, clothing and travel documents, I encourage everyone also to consider making a few other lists that are about your creative approach to the trip.
I like to create a seeing list and a shot list. Both of those lists are about the places and things I want to see in a location, but the first is about understand where I will be and the second is concepts or ideas to photograph. To make these list, I like to read about and study a location but NOT focus on looking at photographs of others who visit the place. I find that can lead me to pollute my experience of traveling. Rather than looking at Pinterest or other sites, I like to think about the sights, smells, and sensations of a location (seeing list) and how to incorporate those into my shot list (what to photograph). Finally, I like to create a mental list of my emotional expectations and experience and how to keep those in balance as I spend my day out photographing.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #182 Jealous much? It’s not a camera problem.
If you are a photographer, the only person who cares about your camera brand is you and other photographers. People who look at photographs judge photographs not if they were taken with the “right camera.” However, in our modern day of Internet fame and quick judgment, you might think that photographers are overly obsessed with gear. We shouldn’t be. Equipment is a tool. You are the photographer.
In this week’s podcast, I am asking for some help in getting us to change how we focus on equipment. If you are trying to learn about new equipment or old, many of the popular sites will pass judgment on equipment sight unseen. They will talk about features that don’t matter, corporate solvency and a host of other crap that has nothing to do with actual pictures. What I would like to see all of us is start to give up bullying people with their gear choices and return to a focus on the empathy and courage it takes to share meaningful work. Support, not the need to get clicks on videos by bashing someone’s gear choice, but rather to celebrate who they are. To do that, we all need to find a better way to share and to push back on those who proclaim their jealousy of fantastic photography by being angry about the tool rather than in wonder of the photograph.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #181 Are you stuck in a photography loop
Ever feel like you are running on a treadmill and going nowhere. In my creative practice, I call these loops, and just like getting lost in the woods, I start and end at the point even though I feel like I start in a different direction. This week’s podcast talks about some of the more common loops that I face, or I see others face in their photography, and how to deal with those loops.
I like to think about these loops more as spheres rather than circles. The reason for that is that there is an infinite number of loops we can make around the sphere that has us feeling like things are different, but the root issue is still the same. Unlike a circle with just a single starting and ending point and one path, when our issue is bounded by the sphere, we find that we are trapped by lots of circles and lots of options, but we can’t leave the one bubble.
For me, some of the more common bubbles include getting stuck on gear, education classes, mistakes and shooting the same thing over and over again. By breaking out of those loops, I find that my own creative practice improves, and so does my approach to my photography.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #180 Importance of balance in the frame
Ok so after a quick rant on the war and revolution that is coming in photography click bait, this week’s podcast focuses in on balance. As we have discussed many times on this podcast, balance is something that is important when thinking about images while behind the camera. However, this week, we are focusing on the importance of balance, or lack of balance, in the final image.
Balance is about visual harmony and understanding of the frame. It is achieved several ways, but for most photographs, it is about how color, shape, form, space and design elements interact together. This week we focus on some of the central aspects of balance among those various aspects and how they can be used to move an image out of balance or into balance.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #179 What is style in photography
Michael Gregory, no relation, wrote an excellent article for Aperture magazine in 1961 about the nature of photographic style and idea for how to define and use style in photography. I was recently rereading the article and used it as the foundation for this week’s podcast. One the most common topics I hear about that is related to creating great photography is that you need to have a style, but the definition of style is both ambiguous and misapplied. This week, using the insights from this 55-year-old article, we talk about what style is and how to understand how it appears in our photography and what it matters.
For me, the photographic style is at its core is about your unique way of seeing. It is about how you find meaning in your world and communicate that to us with an insight we didn’t have before. A style isn’t about a preset or look or methods. While most of us will develop a signature look that is distinct from our style. Our style is about our awareness of the world realized through the print. It is the combination of a style and signature that allows us to experience the wholeness of the photographer and their photographic experiences.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #178 Lessons from minimalism and staying organized for photographic editing
In this week’s podcast, we are talking about how to go about applying some of the basic concepts from minimalism and getting organized to make it easier to work and edit our photographs. At times it is very easy to get overwhelmed with the work required to make a good photograph. However, by learning to focus on a few key things that have been tried and tested to work in keeping organized, you might find that you can make better photographs more efficiently and faster.
- Focusing on large things first and then diving into the smaller task second.
- Dividing an image or space into smaller chunks, so you only focus on one area at a time. Rather than trying to deal with everything at once, focus on smaller areas to build the whole.
- Label things as you work. That way you know what is, and if you need to do something again, you have already named it, and it makes it easier to find.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #177 Issues with the formulaic creative processes
I was flipping through Netflix looking at movies and got to thinking about how many movies follow the same basic formula. For example, in most romantic comedies, the couple gets together, and something happens that drives them apart. After some conflict, they are somehow pushed together and end up happily ever after.
In our photography, we can quickly end up following the same formula over and over again. In some cases, this might be ok, but I other cases this could cause us to fall short of our expectations and needs as a creative person. In my own work, I think that it is easy to fall into a formulaic rut. You learn what works and you just do it over and over again. The challenge this creates is that it the more you do the same thing, the more it becomes harder to change. The habit builds a deeper rut.
Sometimes our creativity is at the edges of our experiences. So finding ways to push our boundaries by doing something outside the norm is critical. Now, this doesn’t mean giving up good habits like morning pages, walks in the woods or daily images, but what I encourage you to do is to not write the exact same thing every day. The habit is not the formula. You might find that by sitting in the woods and listening to the birds, trees and wind might be better for you then just walking.
So as you approach your photography this week, I encourage you to look at what is the formula you are following that you picked up from others or isn’t working and apply a twist to the formula. What if your romantic comedy went dark or some other direction. What would it look like if your story was really your story and not the formula that we have all accepted?
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #176 Listener Questions
This is one of my favorite podcast topics. In this week’s podcast, we are talking about questions you all have sent in over the past few months. I really do appreciate you sending in comments and feedback about the show, and getting a chance to record an episode dedicated to the more common questions is always fun.
This week we are talking about the following five questions:
- What is the best thing you can do for your creativity?
- How do you go about learning about something in photography?
- What is the biggest problem with photography today?
- How do I pick a new printer, lens, camera, etc.?
- How do you think about and deal with failure?
Each of those questions is so interesting and could be a show unto their own, but in this action-packed week, we try to tackle all five. I hope that as you learn about the importance of saying yes, storytelling, understanding your needs, and finding out how your life actually is working all give you some insights into your photographic practice. And if you have any questions for a future podcast, don’t hesitate to send them on over and I’ll be happy to add them in the future to another listener edition podcast.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #175 What’s it worth?
Welcome to the 175th episode of the Perceptive Photographer. This week’s episode looks at how to determine what a photograph is worth. Is a picture worth more because it has sold more copies and made a lot of money? Is a photograph worth more because it has a lot of likes or impressions on social media? Or is a photograph worth more because it shares something or says something that pulls at our heart and emotions? It is worth more because it changes the way we see the world around us?
Photos that reflect something about who we are and connect to something inside of us have fantastic power. That power to share a communicate says a lot about who we are as people and what we do to connect with others. So, as you think about what photographs you have made or will make, is the real value of those might lie in your ability to make a difference, even if just on one person, or is it about something else?
In the end, I think you may find that your photographs that connect with others in a meaningful way no matter how few or small that number may be might be the most worthy of all photographs.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #174 Diverging and converging ideas in our work
In the 174th episode of the Perceptive Photographer, we take a look at how various methods of expanding and narrowing down the photographic process can help us make better images behind the camera. The creative process has a huge influx of ideas from both external and internal sources. If we can find ways to maximize those inputs, it can often times give us a jumpstart on our creative practice. However, at some point, we need to being to cull through those ideas and images so that we can build a cohesion to our storytelling and imagery.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #173 Getting it right in camera is about more than settings
Welcome to episode 173 of the podcast!. Thanks so much for being a listener, I really do appreciate you taking time out of your day to listen to the podcast. This week’s topic is all about how important the concept of getting it right in camera is to make a successful image. Typically, when we talk about getting it right in the camera, it is all about the settings. I find that in my own process, getting it right in camera is more about the mindset to pay attention to all of the qualities that make good photograph before the shutter clicks.
By learning to see color, color cast, composition, lines, framing and a host of other concepts that impact our experience of the frame, we put ourselves in a better position to make better and more engaging photographs. Getting it right in camera is more than just saving time in post, which it does, but it more of a mindset that I am going to go out and see the world. The camera records what is there not what is in our heart. Learning to set up the camera so that it learns to see what we see rather than the other way around is what getting it right is all about.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #172 Value of simple pleasures
This week’s podcast focuses on the importance of finding and using the simple pleasures in life to influence our photography. When our creative process is going well, rarely do we describe it as a complicated process. When things in life are not going well, we then tend to talk about it as if it were complicated. If you think about your best relationships, I doubt that you have to start off with–It’s complicated.
Our photography should be the same way. We shouldn’t have to talk about how complex or challenging it is to create and enjoy our work. So this week, I talk about how finding and discovering your simple pleasures in life and art can lead to more meaningful work. I am not trying to say that you shouldn’t create complex and in-depth work, but instead, you should be able to find what is at your core as an artist that makes the work matter. When things are good and working, we should be able to quickly say what the work is about.
I encourage you to find the simple and easy joys in your life and find a way to incorporate those feelings and reactions into your work. You might be surprised at the direction it leads.
I also enjoy a simple haiku as part of my process so here is the one mentioned in the podcast.
Like to photograph
but I miss Kodachrome film
it was so pretty
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #171 When good is good enough
Over the past eight months, I have been dealing with the loss of my little brother. And while I have amazing family and friends to offer their support, it has been a long creative rut I have been in. Rather than process my feelings with my creativity I tossed myself in to simpler and less introspective work. However, you can’t avoid your creativity and what it drives in. you forever.
This week’s podcast is a monolog about how we can move forward and find support from our community of peers if we are willing to share and connect. Along the way, we might find out that our need to be perfect and great in our photographic process is a crutch we lean on and actually good is good enough.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #170 Observation, listening and emotion in photography
I believe that storytelling is central to humanity. From our earliest days, we have told stories. If you sit in a coffee shop and listen, all people are telling our stories–stories about family, friends, events, and work. At the core of a photograph is also a story. It is the driving element of a need to share something about how we see and understand the world.
In this week’s podcast, I talk about how three key areas of a storytelling event are critical to the story. While not the only aspects of good storytelling, these three elements are what I think are central to helping photographers make better photographs. To really get to the heart of the process, you need to be observational, listen and find the connection to the emotions you are experiencing.
These don’t have to be too earth-shattering notions. They can be as simple as the awe of a beautiful sunset over the beach. What drives a better experience of the photograph is your ability to use these three elements to make your photograph. By understanding your emotional reaction, observations and what you listen to (non-verbal or verbal) will go a long way into making your photographs more interesting–at least to you.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #169 Insta language in photography
Have you ever taken a look at the names of some of your program and apps that you use to create photographs? Many of those names are all about speed-, insta-, snap- and a host of other quick action words. In Photoshop and Lightroom, we use fast presets and actions to speed up the workflow. Now while I am all for efficiency in workflow, I began to wonder if all the language around our creative tools impact how we view and see our images.
What if Instagram was called meaningful photographs or important photographs? Would we spend more time looking at the work and engaging with the work? Would we think that our photographs are worth more to our own experiences or are they just insta swiped away? I believe that the creative act is sort of like a good wine. It takes time to develop, and once you create the wine, you should take time to enjoy the bottle. Great wine isn’t something that you drink as quickly as possible; it is something that you enjoy and notice all the subtle nuances created by the efforts the grape, barrel, and winemaker. Shouldn’t your photographs get the same appreciation?
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #168 What are perfect prints?
Do you ever think about what it might take to make the perfect print? This week’s podcast is about what are some of the non-technical considerations for creating the perfect print or deciding if that is even possible.
When we are working on a photograph one of the most significant challenges is to let go of what we know and learn to see what is in front of us. This focus has us learning to evaluate and see a given image with a more precise set of eyes not bound by our expectations of the future or regrets of the past. In allowing the photograph to be what it is, we can take a step closer to getting a better final image made.
The second consideration is about your printer verse your image. Just like with a camera, the type of printer doesn’t make the image. There are subtle differences between printers that photographer or master printers might notice, but the average person wants to look at amazing photos. They are not concerned with microns and d-max.
The third area that influences the nature of the perfect print is if the process is easy or hard. Just because it is easy to make a really good print doesn’t mean that it isn’t worth it. Just like a tough image to print, doesn’t make it a good print. The time spent in the darkroom doesn’t determine the value of the print.
Finally, your perfect print today will likely be a bad print in the future. As you get to be a better photographer and better printer, your photographs will improve in the future. You will see more, get to do more and be better at both your art and craft. Those advances will appear as more perfect prints, but you shouldn’t judge the past with the same eye as your future. We are all doing the best we can to make the best photographs we can.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)
Podcast #167 Personality and photography
This week’s podcast comes from looking Ricahrd Zakia’s Perception and Imaging. A few podcasts ago, I talked about the Gestalt approach to learning. From that podcast, I was reminded that Richard’s book also had a full chapter on gestalt and meaning. As I returned to this book, I also found the chapter on Personality interesting. In that chapter Richard talks about a lot of methods to understand personality, but Carl Jung’s approach to personality traits sort of stood out.
I thought it was interesting to see how Jung’s model of sensing, feeling, thinking and intuiting could be applied to how we see and understand images. So this week, we dive into how, if at all, your personality traits as defined by Jung might impact and influence your photography. Jung’s work offers more than just a right and left brain approach, the various models by which we understand certain aspects of personality can give us insights into a better understanding of how we relate to the world.
Gear used in podcast
All three Rode components as kit
Adobe Audition (part of create cloud subscription)

